Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 7007:5ea5bd9c18d2 v7.4.821
patch 7.4.821
Problem: Coverity reports a few problems.
Solution: Avoid the warnings. (Christian Brabandt)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 11 Aug 2015 18:53:03 +0200 |
| parents | 87cb71d54e8a |
| children | 2c00f6b312bf |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
| 12 * | |
| 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
| 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
| 15 * that changed. | |
| 16 * | |
| 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
| 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
| 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
| 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
| 21 * for each line. | |
| 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
| 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
| 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
| 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
| 714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
| 7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
| 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
| 35 * | |
| 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
| 37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
| 38 * | |
| 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
| 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
| 1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
| 7 | 42 * |
| 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
| 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
| 5946 | 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) |
| 7 | 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), |
| 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
| 48 * | |
| 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
| 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
| 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
| 52 * | |
| 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
| 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
| 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
| 56 * later. | |
| 57 * | |
| 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
| 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
| 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
| 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
| 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
| 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
| 64 * | |
| 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
| 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
| 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
| 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 69 * | |
| 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
| 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
| 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 73 * | |
| 743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
| 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
| 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
| 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
| 78 * | |
| 7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
| 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
| 81 * | |
| 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
| 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
| 84 * | |
| 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
| 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
| 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
| 88 */ | |
| 89 | |
| 90 #include "vim.h" | |
| 91 | |
| 3586 | 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character |
| 93 * doesn't fit. */ | |
| 94 | |
| 7 | 95 /* |
| 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
| 97 */ | |
| 98 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
| 99 | |
| 100 /* | |
| 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
| 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
| 103 */ | |
| 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
| 105 | |
| 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
| 108 #endif | |
| 109 | |
| 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 6553 | 112 static int compute_foldcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp, int col)); |
| 7 | 113 #endif |
| 114 | |
| 115 /* | |
| 116 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
| 117 */ | |
| 118 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
| 119 | |
| 120 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 534 | 121 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
| 7 | 122 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 123 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
| 124 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 125 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
| 126 #endif | |
| 625 | 127 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
| 7 | 128 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
| 129 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 130 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
| 131 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
| 132 #else | |
| 133 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
| 134 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
| 135 #endif | |
| 136 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 137 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
| 138 #endif | |
| 680 | 139 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 1983 | 140 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 680 | 141 #endif |
| 7 | 142 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 5985 | 143 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
| 7 | 144 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
| 145 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
146 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 7 | 147 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 5979 | 148 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur)); |
| 149 static int next_search_hl_pos __ARGS((match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol)); | |
| 7 | 150 #endif |
| 151 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
| 152 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 154 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 155 #endif | |
| 156 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
| 157 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 158 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 159 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 160 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
| 161 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
| 162 #endif | |
| 163 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
| 164 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 165 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
| 667 | 166 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 677 | 167 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
| 667 | 168 #endif |
| 7 | 169 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 170 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
| 171 #endif | |
| 172 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 173 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
| 174 #endif | |
| 175 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 574 | 176 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
| 7 | 177 #endif |
| 178 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 179 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
| 180 #endif | |
| 181 | |
| 182 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 183 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
| 184 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 185 #endif | |
| 186 | |
| 187 /* | |
| 188 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
| 189 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
| 190 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
| 191 */ | |
| 192 void | |
| 193 redraw_later(type) | |
| 194 int type; | |
| 195 { | |
| 196 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
| 197 } | |
| 198 | |
| 199 void | |
| 200 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
| 201 win_T *wp; | |
| 202 int type; | |
| 203 { | |
| 204 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
| 205 { | |
| 206 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 207 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 208 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 209 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
| 210 must_redraw = type; | |
| 211 } | |
| 212 } | |
| 213 | |
| 214 /* | |
| 215 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
| 216 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
| 217 */ | |
| 218 void | |
| 219 redraw_later_clear() | |
| 220 { | |
| 221 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
| 826 | 222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 223 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 224 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
| 225 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
| 226 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
| 227 else | |
| 228 #endif | |
| 229 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
| 230 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7 | 231 } |
| 232 | |
| 233 /* | |
| 234 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
| 235 */ | |
| 236 void | |
| 237 redraw_all_later(type) | |
| 238 int type; | |
| 239 { | |
| 240 win_T *wp; | |
| 241 | |
| 242 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 243 { | |
| 244 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 245 } | |
| 246 } | |
| 247 | |
| 248 /* | |
| 301 | 249 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
| 7 | 250 */ |
| 251 void | |
| 252 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
| 253 int type; | |
| 254 { | |
| 255 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
| 256 } | |
| 257 | |
| 258 void | |
| 259 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
| 260 buf_T *buf; | |
| 261 int type; | |
| 262 { | |
| 263 win_T *wp; | |
| 264 | |
| 265 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 266 { | |
| 267 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
| 268 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 269 } | |
| 270 } | |
| 271 | |
| 272 /* | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
273 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
274 * right away and restore what was on the command line. |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
275 * Return a code indicating what happened. |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
276 */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
277 int |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
278 redraw_asap(type) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
279 int type; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
280 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
281 int rows; |
| 6959 | 282 int cols = screen_Columns; |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
283 int r; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
284 int ret = 0; |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
285 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ |
|
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
286 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
287 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
288 int i; |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
289 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
290 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
291 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
292 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
293 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
294 redraw_later(type); |
| 6959 | 295 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
296 return ret; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
297 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
298 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
| 6959 | 299 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
300 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
| 6959 | 301 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
302 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( |
| 6959 | 303 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
304 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
305 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
307 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
308 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
309 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
| 6959 | 310 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
311 if (screenlineUC == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
312 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
313 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
314 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
315 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
| 6959 | 316 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
317 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
318 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
319 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
320 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
321 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
322 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
323 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
| 6959 | 324 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
325 if (screenline2 == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
326 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
327 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
328 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
329 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
330 if (ret != 2) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
331 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
332 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
333 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
334 { |
| 6959 | 335 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
336 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
| 6959 | 337 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); |
| 338 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
339 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
| 6959 | 340 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
341 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
342 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
343 { |
| 6959 | 344 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
345 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
| 6959 | 346 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
347 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 6959 | 348 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, |
| 349 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], | |
| 350 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
351 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
352 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
| 6959 | 353 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
354 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
| 6959 | 355 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
356 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
357 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
358 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
359 update_screen(0); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
360 ret = 3; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
361 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
362 if (must_redraw == 0) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
363 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
364 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
365 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
366 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
367 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
368 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
369 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, |
| 6959 | 370 screenline + r * cols, |
| 371 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
372 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, |
| 6959 | 373 screenattr + r * cols, |
| 374 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
375 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
376 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
377 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
378 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, |
| 6959 | 379 screenlineUC + r * cols, |
| 380 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
381 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
382 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, |
| 6959 | 383 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, |
| 384 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
385 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
386 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
387 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, |
| 6959 | 388 screenline2 + r * cols, |
| 389 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 390 #endif | |
| 391 SCREEN_LINE(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
392 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
393 ret = 4; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
394 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
395 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
396 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
397 vim_free(screenline); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
398 vim_free(screenattr); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
399 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
400 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
401 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
402 vim_free(screenlineUC); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
403 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
404 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
405 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
406 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
407 vim_free(screenline2); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
408 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
409 |
|
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
410 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
411 maybe_intro_message(); |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
412 |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
413 setcursor(); |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
414 |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
415 return ret; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
416 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
417 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
418 /* |
| 7 | 419 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that |
| 420 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
| 421 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
| 422 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
| 423 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
| 424 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
| 425 */ | |
| 426 void | |
| 427 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
| 428 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1883 | 429 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
| 7 | 430 { |
| 431 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 432 int i; | |
| 433 #endif | |
| 434 | |
| 435 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 436 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 437 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 438 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 439 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 440 | |
| 441 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 442 if (invalid) | |
| 443 { | |
| 444 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
| 445 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
| 446 if (i >= 0) | |
| 447 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 448 } | |
| 449 #endif | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 | |
| 452 /* | |
| 453 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
| 454 */ | |
| 455 void | |
| 456 update_curbuf(type) | |
| 457 int type; | |
| 458 { | |
| 459 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
| 460 update_screen(type); | |
| 461 } | |
| 462 | |
| 463 /* | |
| 464 * update_screen() | |
| 465 * | |
| 466 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
| 467 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
| 468 */ | |
| 469 void | |
| 470 update_screen(type) | |
| 471 int type; | |
| 472 { | |
| 473 win_T *wp; | |
| 474 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
| 475 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 476 int did_one; | |
| 477 #endif | |
| 478 | |
| 2008 | 479 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
| 7 | 480 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
| 481 return; | |
| 482 | |
| 483 if (must_redraw) | |
| 484 { | |
| 485 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
| 486 type = must_redraw; | |
| 1331 | 487 |
| 488 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
| 489 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
| 490 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
| 491 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
| 7 | 492 must_redraw = 0; |
| 493 } | |
| 494 | |
| 495 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
| 496 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
| 497 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 498 | |
| 2008 | 499 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
| 500 * recursively. */ | |
| 501 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 502 { |
| 503 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
| 504 must_redraw = type; | |
| 505 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 506 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
| 507 return; | |
| 508 } | |
| 509 | |
| 510 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 511 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 512 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
| 513 * display updating */ | |
| 514 #endif | |
| 515 | |
| 516 /* | |
| 517 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
| 518 */ | |
| 519 if (msg_scrolled) | |
| 520 { | |
| 521 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 522 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
| 523 type = CLEAR; | |
| 524 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
| 525 { | |
| 526 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 527 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 528 type = CLEAR; | |
| 529 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 530 { | |
| 531 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
| 532 { | |
| 533 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
| 534 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
| 535 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
| 536 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 537 { | |
| 538 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 539 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
| 540 } | |
| 541 else | |
| 542 { | |
| 543 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 544 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 545 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
| 546 <= msg_scrolled) | |
| 547 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 548 #endif | |
| 549 } | |
| 550 } | |
| 551 } | |
| 552 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 667 | 553 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 554 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 667 | 555 #endif |
| 7 | 556 } |
| 557 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
| 558 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 559 } | |
| 560 | |
| 561 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
| 562 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 563 | |
| 564 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
| 565 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
| 566 highlight_changed(); | |
| 567 | |
| 568 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
| 569 { | |
| 570 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 571 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 572 } | |
| 573 | |
| 574 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
| 575 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 576 | |
| 13 | 577 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
578 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
579 * changes. */ |
| 13 | 580 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
581 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
582 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
| 13 | 583 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
| 584 #endif | |
| 585 | |
| 7 | 586 /* |
| 587 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
| 588 */ | |
| 589 if (type == INVERTED) | |
| 590 update_curswant(); | |
| 591 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
| 592 && !((type == VALID | |
| 593 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 594 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 595 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
| 596 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
| 597 #endif | |
| 598 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 599 || (type == INVERTED | |
| 1043 | 600 && VIsual_active |
| 7 | 601 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 602 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
| 603 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
| 604 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
| 605 )) | |
| 606 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 607 | |
| 849 | 608 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 609 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 610 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 611 draw_tabline(); | |
| 612 #endif | |
| 613 | |
| 7 | 614 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 615 /* | |
| 616 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
| 617 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
| 618 */ | |
| 619 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 620 { | |
| 621 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 624 win_T *wwp; | |
| 625 | |
| 626 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
| 627 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
| 628 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
| 629 break; | |
| 630 # endif | |
| 631 if ( | |
| 632 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 633 wwp == wp && | |
| 634 # endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
635 syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 636 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
| 637 } | |
| 638 } | |
| 639 #endif | |
| 640 | |
| 641 /* | |
| 642 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
| 643 * it. | |
| 644 */ | |
| 645 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 646 did_one = FALSE; | |
| 647 #endif | |
| 648 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 649 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 650 #endif | |
| 651 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 652 { | |
| 653 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 654 { | |
| 655 cursor_off(); | |
| 656 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 657 if (!did_one) | |
| 658 { | |
| 659 did_one = TRUE; | |
| 660 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 661 start_search_hl(); | |
| 662 # endif | |
| 663 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 664 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 3674 | 665 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
| 666 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 667 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
| 668 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 7 | 669 # endif |
| 670 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 671 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
| 672 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
| 673 * it. */ | |
| 674 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 675 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 676 #endif | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 #endif | |
| 679 win_update(wp); | |
| 680 } | |
| 681 | |
| 682 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 683 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
| 684 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 685 { | |
| 686 cursor_off(); | |
| 687 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 688 } | |
| 689 #endif | |
| 690 } | |
| 691 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 692 end_search_hl(); | |
| 693 #endif | |
| 4107 | 694 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 695 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ | |
| 696 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 697 pum_redraw(); | |
| 698 #endif | |
| 7 | 699 |
| 700 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 701 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
| 702 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
| 703 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 704 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 705 #else | |
| 706 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 707 #endif | |
| 708 | |
| 709 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 710 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 711 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 712 #endif | |
| 713 | |
| 714 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
| 715 * mess up the command line. */ | |
| 716 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 717 showmode(); | |
| 718 | |
| 719 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
|
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
720 if (!did_intro) |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
721 maybe_intro_message(); |
| 7 | 722 did_intro = TRUE; |
| 723 | |
| 724 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 725 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 726 * done. */ | |
| 727 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 728 { | |
| 729 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 730 if (did_one) | |
| 731 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 732 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 733 } | |
| 734 #endif | |
| 735 } | |
| 736 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
737 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
738 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
739 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
740 * to the 'concealcursor' option. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
741 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
742 int |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
743 conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
744 win_T *wp; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
745 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
746 int c; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
747 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
748 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
749 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
750 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
751 c = 'v'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
752 else if (State & INSERT) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
753 c = 'i'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
754 else if (State & NORMAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
755 c = 'n'; |
|
2382
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
756 else if (State & CMDLINE) |
|
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
757 c = 'c'; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
758 else |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
759 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
760 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
761 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
762 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
763 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
764 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
765 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
766 void |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
767 conceal_check_cursur_line() |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
768 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
769 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
770 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
771 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
772 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
773 * without concealing. */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
774 curs_columns(TRUE); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
775 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
776 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
777 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
778 void |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
779 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
780 win_T *wp; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
781 linenr_T lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
782 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
783 int row; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
784 int j; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
785 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
786 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
|
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
787 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
788 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
789 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
790 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
791 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
792 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
793 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
794 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
795 row = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
796 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
797 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
798 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
799 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
800 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
801 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
802 init_search_hl(wp); |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
803 start_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
804 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
805 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
806 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
807 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
808 end_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
809 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
810 break; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
811 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
812 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
813 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
814 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
815 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
816 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
817 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
818 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
819 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
820 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
821 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
822 } |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
823 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
824 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
825 #endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
826 |
| 7 | 827 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
| 828 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
| 829 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
| 830 | |
| 831 /* | |
| 832 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
| 2008 | 833 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
| 7 | 834 */ |
| 835 static void | |
| 836 update_prepare() | |
| 837 { | |
| 838 cursor_off(); | |
| 839 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 840 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 841 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
| 842 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
| 843 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 844 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 845 #endif | |
| 846 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 847 start_search_hl(); | |
| 848 #endif | |
| 849 } | |
| 850 | |
| 851 /* | |
| 852 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
| 853 */ | |
| 854 static void | |
| 855 update_finish() | |
| 856 { | |
| 857 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
| 858 showmode(); | |
| 859 | |
| 860 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 861 end_search_hl(); | |
| 862 # endif | |
| 863 | |
| 864 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 865 | |
| 866 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 867 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 868 | |
| 869 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 870 * done. */ | |
| 871 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 872 { | |
| 873 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 874 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 875 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 876 } | |
| 877 # endif | |
| 878 } | |
| 879 #endif | |
| 880 | |
| 881 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 882 void | |
| 883 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
| 884 buf_T *buf; | |
| 885 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 886 { | |
| 887 win_T *wp; | |
| 888 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 889 | |
| 890 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 891 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 892 # endif | |
| 893 | |
| 894 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
| 895 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 896 { | |
| 897 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
| 898 { | |
| 899 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
| 900 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
| 901 { | |
| 902 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 903 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 904 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 905 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 906 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 907 } | |
| 908 } | |
| 909 else | |
| 910 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 911 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 912 doit = TRUE; | |
| 913 } | |
| 914 | |
| 3250 | 915 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already |
| 916 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ | |
| 917 if (!doit || updating_screen | |
| 918 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 919 || gui.starting | |
| 920 #endif | |
| 921 || starting) | |
| 7 | 922 return; |
| 923 | |
| 924 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
| 925 update_prepare(); | |
| 926 | |
| 927 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 928 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 929 { | |
| 930 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 931 win_update(wp); | |
| 932 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 933 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 934 } | |
| 935 # else | |
| 936 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 937 win_update(curwin); | |
| 938 # endif | |
| 939 | |
| 940 update_finish(); | |
| 941 } | |
| 942 #endif | |
| 943 | |
| 944 | |
| 945 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 946 /* | |
| 947 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
| 948 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
| 949 */ | |
| 950 void | |
| 951 updateWindow(wp) | |
| 952 win_T *wp; | |
| 953 { | |
| 2008 | 954 /* return if already busy updating */ |
| 955 if (updating_screen) | |
| 956 return; | |
| 957 | |
| 7 | 958 update_prepare(); |
| 959 | |
| 960 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 961 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 3674 | 962 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
| 963 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 964 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
| 965 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 7 | 966 #endif |
| 670 | 967 |
| 7 | 968 win_update(wp); |
| 670 | 969 |
| 7 | 970 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 670 | 971 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
| 673 | 972 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 973 draw_tabline(); |
| 670 | 974 |
| 7 | 975 if (wp->w_redr_status |
| 976 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 977 || p_ru | |
| 978 # endif | |
| 979 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 980 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
| 7 | 981 # endif |
| 982 ) | |
| 983 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 984 #endif | |
| 985 | |
| 986 update_finish(); | |
| 987 } | |
| 988 #endif | |
| 989 | |
| 990 /* | |
| 991 * Update a single window. | |
| 992 * | |
| 993 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
| 994 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
| 995 * | |
| 996 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
| 997 * implies the one below it. | |
| 998 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
| 743 | 999 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
| 7 | 1000 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
| 1001 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
| 1002 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
| 1003 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
| 1004 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
| 1005 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
| 301 | 1006 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
| 7 | 1007 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
| 1008 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
| 1009 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
| 1010 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
| 1011 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
| 1012 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
| 1013 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
| 1014 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
| 1015 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
| 1016 */ | |
| 1017 static void | |
| 1018 win_update(wp) | |
| 1019 win_T *wp; | |
| 1020 { | |
| 1021 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 1022 int type; | |
| 1023 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
| 1024 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
| 1025 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
| 1026 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 1027 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
| 1028 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 1029 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
| 1030 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
| 1031 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
| 1032 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
| 1033 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 1034 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7 | 1035 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
| 1036 #endif | |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
| 1039 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
| 1040 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1041 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1044 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
| 1045 int i; | |
| 1046 long j; | |
| 1047 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
| 1048 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
| 1049 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1050 long fold_count; | |
| 1051 #endif | |
| 1052 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1053 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
| 1054 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
| 1055 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
| 1056 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
| 1057 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
| 1058 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 1059 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
| 1060 #endif | |
| 1061 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
| 1062 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
| 1063 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1064 int save_got_int; | |
| 1065 #endif | |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
| 1070 { | |
| 1071 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1072 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 1073 #endif | |
| 1074 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 1075 } | |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
| 1078 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
| 1079 { | |
| 1080 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1081 return; | |
| 1082 } | |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1085 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
| 1086 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1087 { | |
| 1088 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 1089 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
| 1090 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1091 return; | |
| 1092 } | |
| 1093 #endif | |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
1096 init_search_hl(wp); |
| 7 | 1097 #endif |
| 1098 | |
| 13 | 1099 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1100 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1101 * changes. */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1102 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
| 677 | 1103 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
| 13 | 1104 { |
| 1105 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 677 | 1106 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
| 13 | 1107 } |
| 1108 else | |
| 1109 #endif | |
| 1110 | |
| 7 | 1111 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
| 1112 { | |
| 1113 /* | |
| 1114 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
| 1115 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
| 1116 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
| 1117 */ | |
| 1118 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1119 } | |
| 1120 else | |
| 1121 { | |
| 1122 /* | |
| 1123 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
| 1124 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
| 1125 */ | |
| 1126 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
| 1127 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
| 1128 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
| 1129 else | |
| 1130 mod_bot = 0; | |
| 1131 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
| 1132 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
| 1133 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 1134 { | |
| 1135 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
| 1136 { | |
| 1137 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
| 1138 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1139 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
| 1140 * in a pattern match. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1141 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1142 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1143 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
| 7 | 1144 if (mod_top < 1) |
| 1145 mod_top = 1; | |
| 1146 } | |
| 1147 #endif | |
| 1148 } | |
| 1149 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 1150 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1153 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
| 1154 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
| 1155 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
| 1156 * lines above the change. | |
| 1326 | 1157 * Same for a match pattern. |
| 7 | 1158 */ |
| 699 | 1159 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
| 1160 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
| 7 | 1161 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
| 699 | 1162 else |
| 1326 | 1163 { |
| 1164 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 1165 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 1166 { | |
| 1167 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
| 1168 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
| 699 | 1169 { |
| 1170 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
| 1171 break; | |
| 1172 } | |
| 1326 | 1173 cur = cur->next; |
| 1174 } | |
| 1175 } | |
| 7 | 1176 #endif |
| 1177 } | |
| 1178 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1179 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1180 { | |
| 1181 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 /* | |
| 1184 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
| 1185 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
| 1186 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
| 1187 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
| 1188 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
| 1189 */ | |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
| 1192 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
| 1193 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
| 1194 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
| 1195 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1196 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1197 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1198 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1199 { | |
| 1200 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
| 1201 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1202 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
| 1203 { | |
| 1204 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
| 1205 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
| 1206 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
| 6553 | 1207 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) |
| 7 | 1208 ++lnumb; |
| 1209 } | |
| 1210 } | |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1213 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
| 1214 mod_top = lnumt; | |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
| 1217 --mod_bot; | |
| 1218 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1219 ++mod_bot; | |
| 1220 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
| 1221 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
| 1222 } | |
| 1223 #endif | |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
| 1226 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
| 36 | 1227 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
| 1228 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
| 7 | 1229 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
| 1230 { | |
| 1231 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
| 1232 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1233 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1234 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1235 top_end = 1; |
| 1236 #endif | |
| 1237 } | |
| 36 | 1238 |
| 1239 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
| 1240 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
| 1241 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
| 1242 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 7 | 1243 } |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 /* | |
| 1246 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
| 1247 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
| 1248 */ | |
| 1249 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
| 1250 { | |
| 1251 j = 0; | |
| 1252 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1253 { | |
| 1254 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1255 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
| 1256 { | |
| 1257 top_end = j; | |
| 1258 break; | |
| 1259 } | |
| 1260 } | |
| 1261 if (top_end == 0) | |
| 1262 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
| 1263 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1264 else | |
| 1265 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
| 1266 type = VALID; | |
| 1267 } | |
| 1268 | |
| 1378 | 1269 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
| 1331 | 1270 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
| 1271 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
| 1272 * called. */ | |
| 1273 if (screen_cleared) | |
| 1274 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
| 1275 | |
| 7 | 1276 /* |
| 1277 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
| 1278 * handle three cases: | |
| 1279 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
| 1280 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
| 1281 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
| 1282 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
| 1283 */ | |
| 743 | 1284 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
| 1285 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 7 | 1286 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 1287 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
| 1288 #endif | |
| 1289 ) | |
| 1290 { | |
| 1291 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
| 1292 { | |
| 1293 /* | |
| 1294 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
| 1295 * further down. | |
| 1296 */ | |
| 1297 } | |
| 1298 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 1299 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1300 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1301 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1302 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
| 1303 #endif | |
| 1304 )) | |
| 1305 { | |
| 1306 /* | |
| 1307 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
| 1308 */ | |
| 1309 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1310 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1311 { | |
| 1312 linenr_T ln; | |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
| 1315 * of folded lines as one */ | |
| 1316 j = 0; | |
| 1317 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
| 1318 { | |
| 1319 ++j; | |
| 1320 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1321 break; | |
| 1322 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1323 } | |
| 1324 } | |
| 1325 else | |
| 1326 #endif | |
| 1327 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
| 1328 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
| 1329 { | |
| 1330 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
| 1331 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1332 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
| 1333 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
| 1334 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 1335 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1336 #endif | |
| 1337 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
| 1338 { | |
| 1339 /* | |
| 1340 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
| 1341 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
| 1342 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
| 1343 */ | |
| 1344 if (i > 0) | |
| 1345 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1346 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1347 { | |
| 1348 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1349 { | |
| 1350 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
| 1351 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
| 1352 top_end = i; | |
| 1353 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
| 1356 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
| 1357 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
| 1358 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1359 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
| 1360 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
| 1361 while (idx >= 0) | |
| 1362 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1363 } | |
| 1364 } | |
| 1365 else | |
| 1366 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1367 } | |
| 1368 else | |
| 1369 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1370 } | |
| 1371 else | |
| 1372 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1373 } | |
| 1374 else | |
| 1375 { | |
| 1376 /* | |
| 1377 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
| 1378 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
| 1379 * needs updating. | |
| 1380 */ | |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
| 1383 j = -1; | |
| 1384 row = 0; | |
| 1385 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
| 1386 { | |
| 1387 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1388 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1389 { | |
| 1390 j = i; | |
| 1391 break; | |
| 1392 } | |
| 1393 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1394 } | |
| 1395 if (j == -1) | |
| 1396 { | |
| 1397 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
| 1398 * lines */ | |
| 1399 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1400 } | |
| 1401 else | |
| 1402 { | |
| 1403 /* | |
| 1404 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
| 1405 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
| 1406 */ | |
| 1407 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1408 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
| 1409 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
| 1410 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1411 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1412 else | |
| 1413 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 1414 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
| 1415 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1416 #endif | |
| 1417 if (row > 0) | |
| 1418 { | |
| 1419 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1420 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1421 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1422 else | |
| 1423 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1424 } | |
| 1425 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1426 { | |
| 1427 /* | |
| 1428 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
| 1429 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
| 1430 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
| 1431 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
| 1432 */ | |
| 1433 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1434 idx = 0; | |
| 1435 for (;;) | |
| 1436 { | |
| 1437 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
| 1438 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
| 1439 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
| 1440 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
| 1441 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
| 1442 { | |
| 1443 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
| 1444 break; | |
| 1445 } | |
| 1446 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1449 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1450 { | |
| 1451 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1452 break; | |
| 1453 } | |
| 1454 } | |
| 1455 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1456 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
| 1457 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
| 1458 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
| 1459 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
| 1460 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
| 1461 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1462 #endif | |
| 1463 } | |
| 1464 } | |
| 1465 } | |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
| 1468 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
| 1469 * first. */ | |
| 1470 if (mid_start == 0) | |
| 1471 { | |
| 1472 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1473 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
| 981 | 1474 { |
| 1331 | 1475 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
| 1476 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
| 1477 * then. */ | |
| 1478 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
| 1479 screenclear(); | |
| 981 | 1480 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 1481 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
| 1482 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 1483 draw_tabline(); | |
| 1484 #endif | |
| 1485 } | |
| 7 | 1486 } |
| 1331 | 1487 |
| 1488 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
| 1489 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
| 1490 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
| 1491 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
| 1492 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
| 1493 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 7 | 1494 } |
| 1495 else | |
| 1496 { | |
| 1497 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1498 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1499 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1500 } | |
| 1501 | |
| 743 | 1502 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
| 1503 { | |
| 1504 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1505 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1506 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1507 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1508 } | |
| 1509 | |
| 7 | 1510 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ |
| 1511 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1512 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
| 1513 { | |
| 1514 linenr_T from, to; | |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 1517 { | |
| 1518 if (VIsual_active | |
| 1519 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
| 1520 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
| 1521 { | |
| 1522 /* | |
| 1523 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
| 1524 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
| 1525 * gained or lost. | |
| 1526 */ | |
| 1527 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1528 { | |
| 1529 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1530 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1531 } | |
| 1532 else | |
| 1533 { | |
| 1534 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1535 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1536 } | |
| 1537 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
| 1538 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
| 1539 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1540 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
| 1541 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1542 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
| 1543 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1544 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1545 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1546 } | |
| 1547 else | |
| 1548 { | |
| 1549 /* | |
| 1550 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
| 1551 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
| 1552 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
| 1553 */ | |
| 1554 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
| 1555 { | |
| 1556 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1557 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1558 } | |
| 1559 else | |
| 1560 { | |
| 1561 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1562 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1563 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
| 1564 from = to; | |
| 1565 } | |
| 1566 | |
| 422 | 1567 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
| 1568 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
| 7 | 1569 { |
| 1570 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
| 1571 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
| 1572 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1573 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1574 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1575 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
| 1576 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1577 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
| 1578 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 } | |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 /* | |
| 1583 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
| 1584 * update all lines. | |
| 1585 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
| 1586 */ | |
| 1587 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 1588 { | |
| 6266 | 1589 colnr_T fromc, toc; |
| 1590 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) | |
| 1591 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) | |
| 1594 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
| 1595 #endif | |
| 7 | 1596 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); |
| 6266 | 1597 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) |
| 1598 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; | |
| 1599 #endif | |
| 7 | 1600 ++toc; |
| 1601 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
| 1602 toc = MAXCOL; | |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
| 1605 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
| 1606 { | |
| 1607 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1608 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1609 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1610 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1611 } | |
| 1612 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
| 1613 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
| 1614 } | |
| 1615 } | |
| 1616 else | |
| 1617 { | |
| 1618 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
| 1619 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
| 1620 { | |
| 1621 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1622 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1623 } | |
| 1624 else | |
| 1625 { | |
| 1626 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1627 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1628 } | |
| 1629 } | |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 /* | |
| 1632 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
| 1633 */ | |
| 1634 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
| 1635 from = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 /* | |
| 1638 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
| 1639 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
| 1640 */ | |
| 1641 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
| 1642 { | |
| 1643 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1644 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1645 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1646 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1647 } | |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 /* | |
| 1650 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
| 1651 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
| 1652 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
| 1653 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
| 1654 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
| 1655 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
| 1656 * mid_end (in srow). | |
| 1657 */ | |
| 1658 if (mid_start > 0) | |
| 1659 { | |
| 1660 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1661 idx = 0; | |
| 1662 srow = 0; | |
| 1663 if (scrolled_down) | |
| 1664 mid_start = top_end; | |
| 1665 else | |
| 1666 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1667 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
| 1668 { | |
| 1669 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1670 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1671 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
| 1672 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1673 ++idx; | |
| 1674 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1675 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1676 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
| 1677 else | |
| 1678 # endif | |
| 1679 ++lnum; | |
| 1680 } | |
| 1681 srow += mid_start; | |
| 1682 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1683 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
| 1684 { | |
| 1685 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1686 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
| 1687 { | |
| 1688 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
| 1689 mid_end = srow; | |
| 1690 break; | |
| 1691 } | |
| 1692 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1693 } | |
| 1694 } | |
| 1695 } | |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1698 { | |
| 1699 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
| 1700 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1701 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 422 | 1702 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
| 7 | 1703 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
| 1704 } | |
| 1705 else | |
| 1706 { | |
| 1707 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
| 1708 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
| 1709 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
| 422 | 1710 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
| 7 | 1711 } |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1714 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
| 1715 save_got_int = got_int; | |
| 1716 got_int = 0; | |
| 1717 #endif | |
| 1718 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1719 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 1720 #endif | |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 /* | |
| 1723 * Update all the window rows. | |
| 1724 */ | |
| 1725 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1726 row = 0; | |
| 1727 srow = 0; | |
| 1728 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
| 1729 for (;;) | |
| 1730 { | |
| 1731 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
| 1732 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
| 1733 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
| 1734 { | |
| 1735 didline = TRUE; | |
| 1736 break; | |
| 1737 } | |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1740 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1741 { | |
| 1742 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1743 break; | |
| 1744 } | |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
| 1747 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
| 1748 srow = row; | |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 /* | |
| 1751 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
| 1752 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
| 1753 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
| 1754 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
| 1755 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
| 1756 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
| 1757 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
| 1758 */ | |
| 1759 if (row < top_end | |
| 1760 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
| 1761 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1762 || top_to_mod | |
| 1763 #endif | |
| 1764 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1765 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
| 1766 || (mod_top != 0 | |
| 1767 && (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1768 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
| 1769 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
| 1770 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1771 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
| 1772 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1773 && syntax_present(wp) |
| 7 | 1774 && ( |
| 1775 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1776 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
| 1777 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
| 1778 # endif | |
| 1779 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
| 1780 #endif | |
|
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1781 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 6018 | 1782 /* match in fixed position might need redraw |
| 1783 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ | |
| 1784 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL | |
| 1785 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) | |
|
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1786 #endif |
| 7 | 1787 ))))) |
| 1788 { | |
| 1789 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1790 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
| 1791 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
| 1792 #endif | |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 /* | |
| 1795 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
| 1796 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
| 1797 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
| 3318 | 1798 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". |
| 7 | 1799 */ |
| 1800 if (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1801 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
| 3318 | 1802 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) |
| 7 | 1803 { |
| 1804 int old_rows = 0; | |
| 1805 int new_rows = 0; | |
| 1806 int xtra_rows; | |
| 1807 linenr_T l; | |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
| 1810 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
| 1811 * currently displayed. */ | |
| 1812 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1813 { | |
| 1814 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
| 1815 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
| 1816 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1817 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
| 1818 break; | |
| 1819 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1820 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1821 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1822 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
| 1823 { | |
| 1824 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
| 1825 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
| 1826 ++i; | |
| 1827 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1828 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1829 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
| 1830 break; | |
| 1831 } | |
| 1832 #endif | |
| 1833 } | |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1836 { | |
| 1837 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
| 1838 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
| 1839 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
| 1840 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1841 } | |
| 1842 else | |
| 1843 { | |
| 1844 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
| 1845 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
| 1846 j = idx; | |
| 1847 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
| 1848 { | |
| 1849 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1850 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 1851 ++new_rows; | |
| 1852 else | |
| 1853 #endif | |
| 1854 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1855 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1856 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
| 1857 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1858 else | |
| 1859 #endif | |
| 1860 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
| 1861 ++j; | |
| 1862 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
| 1863 { | |
| 1864 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
| 1865 new_rows = 9999; | |
| 1866 break; | |
| 1867 } | |
| 1868 } | |
| 1869 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
| 1870 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
| 1871 { | |
| 1872 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
| 1873 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1874 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
| 1875 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
| 1876 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1877 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1878 else | |
| 1879 { | |
| 1880 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1881 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
| 1882 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1883 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1884 else | |
| 1885 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
| 1886 } | |
| 1887 } | |
| 1888 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
| 1889 { | |
| 1890 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
| 1891 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1892 * rest. */ | |
| 1893 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1894 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1895 else | |
| 1896 { | |
| 1897 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1898 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
| 1899 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1900 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1901 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
| 1902 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
| 1903 * updating down. */ | |
| 1904 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
| 1905 } | |
| 1906 } | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
| 1909 * entries. */ | |
| 1910 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
| 1911 { | |
| 1912 if (j < i) | |
| 1913 { | |
| 1914 int x = row + new_rows; | |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
| 1917 for (;;) | |
| 1918 { | |
| 1919 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1920 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1921 { | |
| 1922 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
| 1923 break; | |
| 1924 } | |
| 1925 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
| 1926 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
| 1927 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
| 1928 > wp->w_height) | |
| 1929 { | |
| 1930 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
| 1931 break; | |
| 1932 } | |
| 1933 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
| 1934 ++i; | |
| 1935 } | |
| 1936 if (bot_start > x) | |
| 1937 bot_start = x; | |
| 1938 } | |
| 1939 else /* j > i */ | |
| 1940 { | |
| 1941 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
| 1942 j -= i; | |
| 1943 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
| 1944 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
| 1945 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1946 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
| 1947 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
| 1950 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
| 1951 * Reset to zero. */ | |
| 1952 while (i >= idx) | |
| 1953 { | |
| 1954 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
| 1955 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1956 } | |
| 1957 } | |
| 1958 } | |
| 1959 } | |
| 1960 } | |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1963 /* | |
| 1964 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
| 1965 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
| 1966 * 'wrap' is on). | |
| 1967 */ | |
| 1968 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
| 1969 if (fold_count != 0) | |
| 1970 { | |
| 1971 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
| 1972 ++row; | |
| 1973 --fold_count; | |
| 1974 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
| 1975 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
| 1976 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1977 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
| 1978 # endif | |
| 1979 } | |
| 1980 else | |
| 1981 #endif | |
| 1982 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1983 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1984 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
| 1985 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
| 1986 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
| 1987 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
| 1988 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1989 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
| 1990 #endif | |
| 1991 ) | |
| 1992 { | |
| 1993 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
| 1994 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
| 1995 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
| 1996 } | |
| 1997 else | |
| 1998 { | |
| 1999 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 2000 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
| 2001 #endif | |
| 2002 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2003 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
| 2004 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2005 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 2006 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 2007 #endif | |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 /* | |
| 2010 * Display one line. | |
| 2011 */ | |
| 625 | 2012 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
| 7 | 2013 |
| 2014 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2015 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
| 2016 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
| 2017 #endif | |
| 2018 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2019 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
| 2020 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
| 2021 #endif | |
| 2022 } | |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
| 2025 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
| 2026 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 2027 { | |
| 2028 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
| 3318 | 2029 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2030 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); |
| 2031 ++idx; | |
| 2032 break; | |
| 2033 } | |
| 3318 | 2034 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2035 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; |
| 2036 ++idx; | |
| 2037 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2038 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
| 2039 #else | |
| 2040 ++lnum; | |
| 2041 #endif | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 else | |
| 2044 { | |
| 2045 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
| 2046 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 2047 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 2048 break; | |
| 2049 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2050 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 2051 #else | |
| 2052 ++lnum; | |
| 2053 #endif | |
| 2054 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2055 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 2056 #endif | |
| 2057 } | |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 2060 { | |
| 2061 eof = TRUE; | |
| 2062 break; | |
| 2063 } | |
| 2064 } | |
| 2065 /* | |
| 2066 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
| 2067 */ | |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 2071 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2074 /* | |
| 2075 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
| 2076 */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2077 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 2078 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 2079 #endif | |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 /* | |
| 2082 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
| 2083 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
| 2084 */ | |
| 2085 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
| 2086 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2087 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
| 2088 #endif | |
| 2089 if (!eof && !didline) | |
| 2090 { | |
| 2091 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2092 { | |
| 2093 /* | |
| 2094 * Single line that does not fit! | |
| 2095 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
| 2096 */ | |
| 2097 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
| 2098 } | |
| 2099 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2100 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
| 2101 { | |
| 2102 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
| 2103 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2104 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
| 2105 } | |
| 2106 #endif | |
| 2107 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
| 2108 { | |
| 2109 /* | |
| 2110 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
| 2111 */ | |
| 2112 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
| 2113 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 2114 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2115 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2116 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
| 2117 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2118 } | |
| 2119 else | |
| 2120 { | |
| 2121 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 2122 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2123 } | |
| 2124 } | |
| 2125 else | |
| 2126 { | |
| 2127 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 2128 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 2129 #endif | |
| 2130 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 2131 { | |
| 2132 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 2133 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2134 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
| 2135 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
| 2136 { | |
| 2137 /* | |
| 2138 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
| 2139 */ | |
| 2140 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 2141 i = '-'; | |
| 2142 else | |
| 2143 i = fill_diff; | |
| 2144 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
| 2145 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 2146 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
| 2147 row += j; | |
| 2148 } | |
| 2149 #endif | |
| 2150 } | |
| 3318 | 2151 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2152 wp->w_botline = lnum; |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
| 2155 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
| 2156 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 2157 } | |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
| 2160 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 2161 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2162 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2163 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
| 2164 #endif | |
| 2165 | |
| 3318 | 2166 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2167 { |
| 2168 /* | |
| 2169 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
| 2170 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
| 2171 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
| 2172 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
| 2173 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
| 2174 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
| 2175 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
| 2176 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
| 2177 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
| 2178 * changes are relevant). | |
| 2179 */ | |
| 2180 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
| 2181 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
| 2182 { | |
| 2183 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 2184 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
| 2185 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
| 2186 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
| 2187 { | |
| 2188 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
| 2189 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
| 2190 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 2191 win_update(curwin); | |
| 2192 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 2193 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
| 2194 } | |
| 2195 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 2196 } | |
| 2197 } | |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 2200 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
| 2201 if (!got_int) | |
| 2202 got_int = save_got_int; | |
| 2203 #endif | |
| 2204 } | |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2207 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 /* | |
| 2210 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
| 2211 */ | |
| 2212 static int | |
| 2213 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 2214 win_T *wp; | |
| 2215 { | |
| 2216 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 2217 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 6689 | 2218 || wp->w_buffer->b_has_sign_column |
| 7 | 2219 # endif |
| 2220 ); | |
| 2221 } | |
| 2222 #endif | |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 /* | |
| 2225 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
| 2226 * as the filler character. | |
| 2227 */ | |
| 2228 static void | |
| 2229 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
| 2230 win_T *wp; | |
| 2231 int c1; | |
| 2232 int c2; | |
| 2233 int row; | |
| 2234 int endrow; | |
| 534 | 2235 hlf_T hl; |
| 7 | 2236 { |
| 2237 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
| 2238 int n = 0; | |
| 2239 # define FDC_OFF n | |
| 2240 #else | |
| 2241 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
| 2242 #endif | |
| 6553 | 2243 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2244 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); | |
| 2245 #endif | |
| 7 | 2246 |
| 2247 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2248 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2249 { | |
| 2250 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
| 2251 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6553 | 2252 n = fdc; |
| 7 | 2253 |
| 2254 if (n > 0) | |
| 2255 { | |
| 2256 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
| 119 | 2257 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2258 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2259 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2260 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2261 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2262 } | |
| 2263 # endif | |
| 2264 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2265 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2266 { | |
| 2267 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
| 119 | 2270 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2271 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2272 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2273 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
| 2274 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2275 n = nn; | |
| 2276 } | |
| 2277 # endif | |
| 2278 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2279 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2280 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2281 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2282 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2283 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2284 } | |
| 2285 else | |
| 2286 #endif | |
| 2287 { | |
| 2288 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2289 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2290 { | |
| 2291 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
| 2292 n = 1; | |
| 2293 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
| 2294 n = wp->w_width; | |
| 2295 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2296 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
| 2297 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2298 } | |
| 2299 #endif | |
| 2300 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6553 | 2301 if (fdc > 0) |
| 2302 { | |
| 2303 int nn = n + fdc; | |
| 7 | 2304 |
| 2305 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
| 2306 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2307 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2308 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2309 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2310 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2311 n = nn; | |
| 2312 } | |
| 2313 #endif | |
| 2314 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2315 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2316 { | |
| 2317 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
| 2320 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2321 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2322 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2323 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2324 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2325 n = nn; | |
| 2326 } | |
| 2327 #endif | |
| 2328 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2329 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2330 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2331 } | |
| 2332 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
| 2333 } | |
| 2334 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2335 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2336 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2337 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2338 /* |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2339 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2340 */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2341 static int |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2342 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2343 int vcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2344 int **color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2345 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2346 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2347 ++*color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2348 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2349 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2350 #endif |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2351 |
| 7 | 2352 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2353 /* | |
| 6553 | 2354 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much |
| 2355 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". | |
| 2356 */ | |
| 2357 static int | |
| 2358 compute_foldcolumn(wp, col) | |
| 2359 win_T *wp; | |
| 2360 int col; | |
| 2361 { | |
| 2362 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2363 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; | |
| 2364 int wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) | |
| 2367 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); | |
| 2368 return fdc; | |
| 2369 } | |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 /* | |
| 7 | 2372 * Display one folded line. |
| 2373 */ | |
| 2374 static void | |
| 2375 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
| 2376 win_T *wp; | |
| 2377 long fold_count; | |
| 2378 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
| 2379 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2380 int row; | |
| 2381 { | |
| 2382 char_u buf[51]; | |
| 2383 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 2384 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
| 2385 int len; | |
| 29 | 2386 char_u *text; |
| 7 | 2387 int fdc; |
| 2388 int col; | |
| 2389 int txtcol; | |
| 2390 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 216 | 2391 int ri; |
| 7 | 2392 |
| 2393 /* Build the fold line: | |
| 2394 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2395 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2396 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2397 * 4. Compose the text |
| 2398 * 5. Add the text | |
| 2399 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
| 2400 */ | |
| 2401 col = 0; | |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 /* | |
| 2404 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2405 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
| 2406 */ | |
| 2407 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2408 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2409 { | |
| 2410 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
| 2411 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 2412 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2413 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2414 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 2415 #endif | |
| 2416 ++col; | |
| 2417 } | |
| 2418 #endif | |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 /* | |
| 2421 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
| 6553 | 2422 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. |
| 7 | 2423 */ |
| 6553 | 2424 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); |
| 7 | 2425 if (fdc > 0) |
| 2426 { | |
| 2427 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
| 2428 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2429 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2430 { | |
| 2431 int i; | |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
| 2434 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2435 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
| 2436 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
| 2437 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
| 2438 } | |
| 2439 else | |
| 2440 #endif | |
| 2441 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2442 col += fdc; | |
| 2443 } | |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 216 | 2446 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
| 2447 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2448 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
| 2449 else \ | |
| 2450 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2451 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2452 #else |
| 216 | 2453 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
| 2454 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2455 #endif |
| 2456 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2457 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2458 * text */ |
| 216 | 2459 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
| 7 | 2460 |
| 2461 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2462 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
| 2463 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2464 { | |
| 2465 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2466 if (len > 0) | |
| 2467 { | |
| 2468 if (len > 2) | |
| 2469 len = 2; | |
| 2470 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2471 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2472 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2473 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
| 2474 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2475 else | |
| 2476 # endif | |
| 2477 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2478 col += len; | |
| 2479 } | |
| 2480 } | |
| 2481 #endif | |
| 2482 | |
| 2483 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2484 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2485 */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2486 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 2487 { |
| 2488 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2489 if (len > 0) | |
| 2490 { | |
| 13 | 2491 int w = number_width(wp); |
| 5905 | 2492 long num; |
| 2493 char *fmt = "%*ld "; | |
| 13 | 2494 |
| 2495 if (len > w + 1) | |
| 2496 len = w + 1; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2497 |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2498 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2499 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2500 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2501 else |
| 4065 | 2502 { |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2503 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 2504 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2505 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2506 { |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2507 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2508 * line number */ |
| 4065 | 2509 num = lnum; |
| 2510 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
| 2511 } | |
| 2512 } | |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); | |
| 7 | 2515 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 2516 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2517 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2518 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
| 2519 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2520 else | |
| 2521 #endif | |
| 2522 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2523 col += len; | |
| 2524 } | |
| 2525 } | |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 /* | |
| 2528 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
| 2529 */ | |
| 29 | 2530 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
| 7 | 2531 |
| 2532 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 /* | |
| 2535 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
| 2536 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
| 2537 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
| 2538 */ | |
| 2539 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2540 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2541 { | |
| 2542 int cells; | |
| 714 | 2543 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 2544 int i; | |
| 7 | 2545 int idx; |
| 2546 int c_len; | |
| 33 | 2547 char_u *p; |
| 7 | 2548 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2549 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2550 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2551 # endif | |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2554 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2555 idx = off; | |
| 2556 else | |
| 2557 # endif | |
| 2558 idx = off + col; | |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
| 2561 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 2562 { | |
| 2563 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
| 474 | 2564 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2565 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
| 2566 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2567 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
| 2568 # endif | |
| 2569 ) | |
| 2570 break; | |
| 2571 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
| 2572 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2573 { | |
| 714 | 2574 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
| 2575 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
| 7 | 2576 { |
| 2577 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
| 2578 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2579 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2580 #endif | |
| 2581 } | |
| 2582 else | |
| 2583 { | |
| 2584 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2585 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 2586 { | |
| 2587 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 2588 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 2589 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 2590 int firstbyte = *p; |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 2593 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 2594 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2595 { | |
| 2596 pc = prev_c; | |
| 2597 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 2598 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
| 714 | 2599 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 2600 } |
| 2601 else | |
| 2602 { | |
| 714 | 2603 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
| 7 | 2604 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 2605 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 2606 } |
| 2607 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2608 | |
| 714 | 2609 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
| 7 | 2610 pc, pc1, nc); |
| 2611 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
| 2612 } | |
| 2613 else | |
| 2614 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2615 #endif | |
| 2616 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
| 1401 | 2617 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 2618 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
| 2619 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 2620 else | |
| 1401 | 2621 #endif |
| 7 | 2622 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
| 714 | 2623 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 2626 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 2627 break; | |
| 2628 } | |
| 7 | 2629 } |
| 2630 if (cells > 1) | |
| 2631 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
| 2632 } | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2633 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2634 /* double-byte single width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2635 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2636 else if (cells > 1) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2637 /* double-width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2638 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
| 7 | 2639 col += cells; |
| 2640 idx += cells; | |
| 2641 p += c_len; | |
| 2642 } | |
| 2643 } | |
| 2644 else | |
| 2645 #endif | |
| 2646 { | |
| 2647 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
| 2648 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2649 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2650 if (len > 0) | |
| 2651 { | |
| 2652 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2653 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2654 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
| 2655 else | |
| 2656 #endif | |
| 2657 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
| 2658 col += len; | |
| 2659 } | |
| 2660 } | |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
| 2663 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2664 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2665 col -= txtcol; | |
| 2666 #endif | |
| 2667 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 2668 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2669 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
| 2670 #endif | |
| 2671 ) | |
| 2672 { | |
| 2673 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2674 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2675 { | |
| 2676 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
| 2677 { | |
| 2678 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
| 714 | 2679 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
| 7 | 2680 } |
| 2681 else | |
| 2682 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
| 2683 } | |
| 2684 #endif | |
| 2685 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
| 2686 } | |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 if (text != buf) | |
| 2689 vim_free(text); | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 /* | |
| 2692 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
| 2693 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
| 2694 */ | |
| 2695 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2696 { | |
| 2697 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2698 { | |
| 2699 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2700 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2701 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2702 } | |
| 2703 else | |
| 2704 { | |
| 2705 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2706 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2707 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2708 } | |
| 2709 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
| 2710 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
| 2711 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
| 2712 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
| 2713 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
| 2714 && top->col == 0)) | |
| 2715 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
| 2716 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
| 2717 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
| 1883 | 2718 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
| 7 | 2719 { |
| 2720 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 2721 { | |
| 2722 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
| 2723 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2724 { | |
| 3040 | 2725 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL |
| 2726 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol | |
| 2727 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 7 | 2728 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; |
| 2729 else | |
| 2730 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
| 2731 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
| 230 | 2732 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
| 7 | 2733 } |
| 2734 } | |
| 2735 else | |
| 216 | 2736 { |
| 7 | 2737 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
| 216 | 2738 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
| 2739 } | |
| 7 | 2740 } |
| 2741 } | |
| 2742 | |
| 743 | 2743 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 6685 | 2744 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ |
| 2745 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) | |
| 2746 { | |
| 2747 int i = 0; | |
| 2748 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; | |
| 2749 int old_txtcol = txtcol; | |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 while (j > -1) | |
| 2752 { | |
| 2753 txtcol += j; | |
| 2754 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2755 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 2756 else | |
| 2757 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 2758 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2759 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
| 2760 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_MC)); | |
| 2761 txtcol = old_txtcol; | |
| 2762 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; | |
| 2763 } | |
| 2764 } | |
| 2765 | |
| 743 | 2766 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ |
| 1725 | 2767 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
| 2768 { | |
| 2769 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 2770 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2771 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 2772 else | |
| 2773 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 2774 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2775 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
| 2776 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
| 2777 } | |
| 743 | 2778 #endif |
| 7 | 2779 |
| 2780 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 2781 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 /* | |
| 2784 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 2785 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 2786 */ | |
| 2787 if (wp == curwin | |
| 2788 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 2789 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2790 { | |
| 2791 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
| 2792 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
| 2793 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
| 2794 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 2795 } | |
| 2796 } | |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 /* | |
| 2799 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
| 2800 */ | |
| 2801 static void | |
| 2802 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
| 2803 int off; | |
| 2804 char_u *buf; | |
| 2805 int len; | |
| 2806 int attr; | |
| 2807 { | |
| 216 | 2808 int i; |
| 2809 | |
| 7 | 2810 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
| 2811 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2812 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2813 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
| 2814 # endif | |
| 216 | 2815 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2816 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
| 7 | 2817 } |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 /* | |
| 2820 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
| 548 | 2821 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
| 7 | 2822 */ |
| 2823 static void | |
| 2824 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
| 2825 char_u *p; | |
| 2826 win_T *wp; | |
| 2827 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
| 2828 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
| 2829 { | |
| 2830 int i = 0; | |
| 2831 int level; | |
| 2832 int first_level; | |
| 519 | 2833 int empty; |
| 6553 | 2834 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); |
| 7 | 2835 |
| 2836 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
| 6929 | 2837 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); |
| 7 | 2838 |
| 2839 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
| 2840 if (level > 0) | |
| 2841 { | |
| 519 | 2842 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
| 6553 | 2843 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; |
| 519 | 2844 |
| 7 | 2845 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
| 2846 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
| 6553 | 2847 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
| 7 | 2848 if (first_level < 1) |
| 2849 first_level = 1; | |
| 2850 | |
| 6553 | 2851 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) |
| 7 | 2852 { |
| 2853 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
| 2854 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
| 2855 p[i] = '-'; | |
| 2856 else if (first_level == 1) | |
| 2857 p[i] = '|'; | |
| 2858 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
| 2859 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
| 2860 else | |
| 2861 p[i] = '>'; | |
| 2862 if (first_level + i == level) | |
| 2863 break; | |
| 2864 } | |
| 2865 } | |
| 2866 if (closed) | |
| 6553 | 2867 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
| 7 | 2868 } |
| 2869 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 /* | |
| 2872 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
| 2873 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
| 2874 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
| 2875 * | |
| 2876 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
| 2877 */ | |
| 2878 static int | |
| 625 | 2879 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
| 7 | 2880 win_T *wp; |
| 2881 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2882 int startrow; | |
| 2883 int endrow; | |
| 1883 | 2884 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
| 7 | 2885 { |
| 2886 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
| 2887 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
| 2888 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2889 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
| 6503 | 2890 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 2891 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ | |
| 2892 #endif | |
| 7 | 2893 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ |
| 2894 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
| 2895 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
| 2896 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
| 2897 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
| 2900 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
| 1340 | 2901 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
| 6026 | 2902 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ |
| 7 | 2903 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
| 2904 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
| 2905 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
| 2906 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
| 2907 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
| 2908 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
| 2911 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
| 2912 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
| 2913 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
| 2914 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
| 2917 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
| 2918 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
| 2919 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
| 2924 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
| 2925 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
| 2926 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 1813 | 2927 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2928 pos_T pos; |
| 2929 long v; | |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
| 674 | 2932 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
| 7 | 2933 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
| 2934 in this line */ | |
| 2935 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
| 2936 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
| 2937 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
| 2938 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 743 | 2939 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
| 7 | 2940 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
| 2941 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
| 2942 int save_did_emsg; | |
| 1437 | 2943 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2944 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2945 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
| 743 | 2946 #endif |
| 2947 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 221 | 2948 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
| 348 | 2949 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
| 2950 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
| 353 | 2951 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
| 2952 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
| 348 | 2953 starts */ |
| 221 | 2954 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
| 2955 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
| 378 | 2956 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
| 2957 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
| 348 | 2958 * there are no spell errors */ |
| 386 | 2959 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
| 2960 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
| 348 | 2961 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
| 7 | 2962 #endif |
| 2963 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
| 2964 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2965 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
| 2966 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
| 2967 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
| 2968 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
| 714 | 2969 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
| 7 | 2970 #endif |
| 2971 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2972 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
| 2973 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
| 534 | 2974 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
| 7 | 2975 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
| 2976 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
| 2977 #endif | |
| 2978 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
| 2979 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2980 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 2981 #endif | |
| 910 | 2982 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
| 2983 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 7 | 2984 # define LINE_ATTR |
| 1536 | 2985 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
| 7 | 2986 #endif |
| 2987 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 2988 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 2989 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 2990 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 2991 has been processed or not */ | |
| 5979 | 2992 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
| 2993 in progress */ | |
| 1326 | 2994 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol |
| 2995 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
| 2996 of the matches */ | |
| 7 | 2997 #endif |
| 2998 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2999 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 3000 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 3001 #endif | |
| 910 | 3002 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 3003 int did_line_attr = 0; |
| 3004 #endif | |
| 7 | 3005 |
| 3006 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
| 3007 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
| 3008 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3009 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
| 3010 #else | |
| 3011 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
| 3012 #endif | |
| 3013 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3014 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 3015 #else | |
| 3016 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
| 3017 #endif | |
| 3018 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3019 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
| 3020 #else | |
| 3021 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
| 3022 #endif | |
| 3023 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
| 5995 | 3024 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 3025 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ | |
| 3026 #else | |
| 3027 # define WL_BRI WL_NR | |
| 3028 #endif | |
| 7 | 3029 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
| 5995 | 3030 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ |
| 7 | 3031 #else |
| 5995 | 3032 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI |
| 7 | 3033 #endif |
| 3034 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
| 3035 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
| 574 | 3036 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 3037 int feedback_col = 0; |
| 3038 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 3039 #endif | |
| 3040 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3041 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3042 int syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
3043 int syntax_seqnr = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
3044 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3045 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3046 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3047 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3048 wrapping */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2400
diff
changeset
|
3049 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
3050 int did_wcol = FALSE; |
| 6947 | 3051 int match_conc = FALSE; /* cchar for match functions */ |
| 3052 int has_match_conc = FALSE; /* match wants to conceal */ | |
| 6520 | 3053 int old_boguscols = 0; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3054 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3055 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3056 { \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3057 n_extra += vcol_off; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3058 vcol -= vcol_off; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3059 vcol_off = 0; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3060 col -= boguscols; \ |
| 6520 | 3061 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3062 boguscols = 0; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3063 } |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3064 #else |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3065 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3066 #endif |
| 7 | 3067 |
| 3068 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
| 3069 return startrow; | |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 row = startrow; | |
| 3072 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 /* | |
| 3075 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
| 3076 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
| 3077 */ | |
| 3078 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3079 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
| 3080 #else | |
| 3081 extra_check = 0; | |
| 3082 #endif | |
| 3083 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3084 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
| 7 | 3085 { |
| 3086 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
| 3087 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 3088 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 3089 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 3090 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 3091 if (did_emsg) | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3092 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3093 else |
| 3094 { | |
| 3095 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 3096 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
| 3097 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3098 } | |
| 3099 } | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3100 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3101 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3102 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3103 if (color_cols != NULL) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3104 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
| 743 | 3105 #endif |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 258 | 3108 if (wp->w_p_spell |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3109 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3110 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3111 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
| 221 | 3112 { |
| 3113 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
| 3114 has_spell = TRUE; | |
| 3115 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 348 | 3116 |
| 3117 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
| 3118 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
| 3119 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
| 3120 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
| 3121 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 3122 { | |
| 3123 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 3124 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3125 } | |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
| 3128 * line is valid. */ | |
| 3129 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
| 3130 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
| 3131 checked_lnum = 0; | |
| 386 | 3132 |
| 3133 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
| 3134 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
| 3135 * the first word. */ | |
| 3136 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
| 3137 cap_col = -1; | |
| 3138 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 3139 cap_col = 0; | |
| 3140 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
| 221 | 3141 } |
| 7 | 3142 #endif |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 /* | |
| 3145 * handle visual active in this window | |
| 3146 */ | |
| 3147 fromcol = -10; | |
| 3148 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3149 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 3150 { | |
| 3151 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 3152 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 3153 { | |
| 3154 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3155 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 3156 } | |
| 3157 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 3158 { | |
| 3159 top = &VIsual; | |
| 3160 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3161 } | |
| 1813 | 3162 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
| 7 | 3163 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
| 3164 { | |
| 1813 | 3165 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
| 7 | 3166 { |
| 3167 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
| 3168 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 3169 } | |
| 3170 } | |
| 3171 else /* non-block mode */ | |
| 3172 { | |
| 3173 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
| 3174 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3175 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
| 3176 { | |
| 3177 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
| 3178 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3179 else | |
| 3180 { | |
| 3181 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3182 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
| 3183 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 3184 } | |
| 3185 } | |
| 3186 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
| 3187 { | |
| 3188 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
| 3189 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3190 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
| 3191 #endif | |
| 3192 ) | |
| 3193 { | |
| 3194 fromcol = -10; | |
| 3195 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3196 } | |
| 36 | 3197 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
| 3198 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3199 else |
| 3200 { | |
| 3201 pos = *bot; | |
| 3202 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 3203 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3204 else | |
| 3205 { | |
| 3206 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
| 3207 ++tocol; | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 } | |
| 3210 } | |
| 3211 } | |
| 3212 | |
| 3213 #ifndef MSDOS | |
| 3214 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
| 3215 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
| 3216 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3217 && !gui.in_use | |
| 3218 # endif | |
| 3219 ) | |
| 3220 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
| 3221 #endif | |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
| 3224 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3225 { | |
| 3226 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3227 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
| 3228 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
| 3674 | 3229 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned |
| 3230 && clip_isautosel_star()) | |
| 3231 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned | |
| 3232 && clip_isautosel_plus())) | |
| 7 | 3233 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); |
| 3234 #endif | |
| 3235 } | |
| 3236 } | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 /* | |
| 674 | 3239 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
| 7 | 3240 */ |
| 5735 | 3241 else if (highlight_match |
| 7 | 3242 && wp == curwin |
| 3243 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 3244 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3245 { | |
| 3246 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3247 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
| 3248 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3249 else | |
| 3250 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3251 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3252 { | |
| 3253 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3254 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
| 3255 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3256 } | |
| 3257 else | |
| 3258 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 1850 | 3259 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
| 3260 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
| 3261 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 7 | 3262 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
| 3263 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
| 3264 } | |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3267 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
| 3268 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
| 3269 { | |
| 3270 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
| 3271 { | |
| 3272 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
| 3273 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3274 else if (change_start == 0) | |
| 3275 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
| 3276 else | |
| 3277 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
| 3278 } | |
| 3279 else | |
| 3280 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3281 filler_lines = 0; | |
| 3282 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3283 } | |
| 3284 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 3285 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 3286 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
| 3287 #endif | |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3290 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3291 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
| 3292 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
| 3293 if (v != 0) | |
| 3294 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
| 3295 # endif | |
| 3296 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 3297 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
| 644 | 3298 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
| 7 | 3299 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
| 3300 # endif | |
| 3301 if (line_attr != 0) | |
| 3302 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3303 #endif | |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3306 ptr = line; | |
| 3307 | |
| 743 | 3308 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 348 | 3309 if (has_spell) |
| 3310 { | |
| 386 | 3311 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
| 3312 if (cap_col == 0) | |
| 835 | 3313 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 386 | 3314 |
| 348 | 3315 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
| 3316 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
| 3317 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
| 3318 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
| 3319 { | |
| 3320 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
| 3321 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3322 nextline_idx = 0; | |
| 3323 } | |
| 3324 else | |
| 3325 { | |
| 835 | 3326 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
| 348 | 3327 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
| 3328 { | |
| 3329 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
| 3330 * next line. */ | |
| 3331 nextlinecol = 0; | |
| 3332 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
| 1621 | 3333 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
| 348 | 3334 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
| 3335 } | |
| 3336 else | |
| 3337 { | |
| 3338 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
| 3339 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
| 3340 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3341 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
| 3342 } | |
| 3343 } | |
| 3344 } | |
| 3345 #endif | |
| 3346 | |
| 7 | 3347 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
| 3348 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
| 3349 { | |
| 3350 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3351 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
| 3352 --trailcol; | |
| 3353 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
| 3354 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3355 } | |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 /* | |
| 3358 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
| 3359 * first character to be displayed. | |
| 3360 */ | |
| 3361 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3362 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 3363 else | |
| 3364 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 3365 if (v > 0) | |
| 3366 { | |
| 3367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3368 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 3369 #endif | |
| 3370 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 3371 { | |
| 5995 | 3372 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); |
| 7 | 3373 vcol += c; |
| 3374 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3375 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 39 | 3376 #endif |
| 3377 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3378 } |
| 3379 | |
| 1984 | 3380 /* When: |
| 3381 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3382 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
| 1984 | 3383 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
| 3384 * - the visual mode is active, | |
| 3385 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
| 3386 */ | |
| 3387 if (vcol < v && ( | |
| 5735 | 3388 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3389 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || | |
| 3390 #endif | |
| 3391 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3392 virtual_active() || | |
| 3393 #endif | |
| 3394 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) | |
| 1984 | 3395 { |
| 7 | 3396 vcol = v; |
| 1984 | 3397 } |
| 7 | 3398 |
| 3399 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
| 3400 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
| 3401 if (vcol > v) | |
| 3402 { | |
| 3403 vcol -= c; | |
| 3404 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3405 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 3406 #else | |
| 3407 --ptr; | |
| 3408 #endif | |
| 3409 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
| 3410 } | |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 /* | |
| 3413 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
| 3414 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
| 3415 */ | |
| 3416 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
| 3417 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3418 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
| 3419 fromcol = vcol; | |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3422 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
| 3423 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3424 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 3425 #endif | |
| 743 | 3426 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 499 | 3427 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
| 3428 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
| 3429 if (has_spell) | |
| 3430 { | |
| 3431 int len; | |
| 1536 | 3432 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
| 534 | 3433 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 499 | 3434 |
| 3435 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 3436 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 1536 | 3437 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
| 534 | 3438 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
| 1536 | 3439 |
| 3440 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
| 3441 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3442 ptr = line + linecol; | |
| 3443 | |
| 530 | 3444 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
| 499 | 3445 { |
| 3446 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
| 3447 * word */ | |
| 534 | 3448 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 3572 | 3449 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); |
| 499 | 3450 } |
| 3451 else | |
| 534 | 3452 { |
| 499 | 3453 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
| 3454 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
| 3455 | |
| 534 | 3456 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 3457 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 3458 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 3459 } | |
| 499 | 3460 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
| 501 | 3461 |
| 743 | 3462 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 501 | 3463 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
| 3464 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3465 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 743 | 3466 # endif |
| 499 | 3467 } |
| 3468 #endif | |
| 7 | 3469 } |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 /* | |
| 3472 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
| 3473 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
| 3474 */ | |
| 3475 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3476 { | |
| 3477 if (noinvcur) | |
| 3478 { | |
| 3479 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3480 { | |
| 3481 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
| 3482 * cursor */ | |
| 3483 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
| 3484 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3485 } | |
| 3486 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3487 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
| 3488 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 3489 } | |
| 3490 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
| 3491 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3492 } | |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3495 /* | |
| 1326 | 3496 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
| 3497 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
| 7 | 3498 */ |
| 1326 | 3499 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3500 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3501 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3502 { | |
| 3503 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3504 { | |
| 3505 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3506 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3507 } | |
| 3508 else | |
| 3509 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 36 | 3510 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3511 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3512 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
| 5979 | 3513 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 3514 if (cur != NULL) | |
| 3515 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 3516 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); | |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
| 3519 * invalid. */ | |
| 3520 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3521 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3524 { | |
| 3525 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3526 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 3527 else | |
| 3528 shl->startcol = 0; | |
| 3529 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 3530 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
| 3531 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 3532 else | |
| 3533 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3534 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ | |
| 3535 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 3536 { | |
| 3537 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3538 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) | |
| 3539 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); | |
| 7 | 3540 else |
| 5979 | 3541 #endif |
| 3542 ++shl->endcol; | |
| 3543 } | |
| 3544 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ | |
| 3545 { | |
| 3546 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3547 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 3548 } | |
| 3549 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 3550 } |
| 1326 | 3551 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3552 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 3553 } |
| 3554 #endif | |
| 3555 | |
| 743 | 3556 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3557 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3558 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3559 * then. */ |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3560 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 5979 | 3561 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) |
| 743 | 3562 { |
| 3563 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
| 3564 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3565 } | |
| 3566 #endif | |
| 3567 | |
| 504 | 3568 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
| 7 | 3569 col = 0; |
| 3570 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3571 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3572 { | |
| 3573 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
| 3574 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
| 3575 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
| 3576 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
| 3577 off += col; | |
| 3578 } | |
| 3579 #endif | |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 /* | |
| 3582 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
| 3583 */ | |
| 3584 for (;;) | |
| 3585 { | |
| 6947 | 3586 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 3587 has_match_conc = FALSE; | |
| 3588 #endif | |
| 7 | 3589 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ |
| 3590 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
| 3591 { | |
| 3592 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3593 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3594 { | |
| 3595 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
| 3596 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 3597 { | |
| 3598 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
| 3599 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 3600 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
| 7 | 3601 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
| 3602 } | |
| 3603 } | |
| 3604 #endif | |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3607 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3608 { | |
| 6553 | 3609 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); |
| 3610 | |
| 7 | 3611 draw_state = WL_FOLD; |
| 6553 | 3612 if (fdc > 0) |
| 7 | 3613 { |
| 3614 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
| 3615 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
| 6553 | 3616 n_extra = fdc; |
| 7 | 3617 p_extra = extra; |
| 1340 | 3618 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3619 c_extra = NUL; |
| 3620 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
| 3621 } | |
| 3622 } | |
| 3623 #endif | |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3626 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
| 3629 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
| 3630 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
| 5921 | 3631 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) |
| 7 | 3632 { |
| 2661 | 3633 int text_sign; |
| 7 | 3634 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS |
| 2661 | 3635 int icon_sign; |
| 7 | 3636 # endif |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
| 3639 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 3640 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
| 3641 n_extra = 2; | |
| 3642 | |
| 5921 | 3643 if (row == startrow |
| 3644 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3645 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3646 #endif | |
| 3647 ) | |
| 7 | 3648 { |
| 3649 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3650 SIGN_TEXT); | |
| 3651 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3652 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3653 SIGN_ICON); | |
| 3654 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
| 3655 { | |
| 3656 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
| 3657 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3658 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3659 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
| 3660 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3661 # endif | |
| 3662 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
| 3663 } | |
| 3664 else | |
| 3665 # endif | |
| 3666 if (text_sign != 0) | |
| 3667 { | |
| 3668 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
| 3669 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 3670 { | |
| 3671 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 835 | 3672 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3673 } |
| 3674 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
| 3675 } | |
| 3676 } | |
| 3677 } | |
| 3678 } | |
| 3679 #endif | |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3682 { | |
| 3683 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3684 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3685 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3686 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 3687 && (row == startrow |
| 3688 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3689 + filler_lines | |
| 3690 #endif | |
| 3691 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
| 3692 { | |
| 3693 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
| 3694 if (row == startrow | |
| 3695 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3696 + filler_lines | |
| 3697 #endif | |
| 3698 ) | |
| 3699 { | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3700 long num; |
| 4065 | 3701 char *fmt = "%*ld "; |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3702 |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3703 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3704 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3705 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3706 else |
| 4065 | 3707 { |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3708 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 3709 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3710 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 4065 | 3711 { |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3712 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ |
| 4065 | 3713 num = lnum; |
| 3714 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
| 3715 } | |
| 3716 } | |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3719 number_width(wp), num); |
| 7 | 3720 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
| 3721 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
| 3722 *p_extra = '-'; | |
| 3723 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3724 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
| 3725 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 3726 #endif | |
| 3727 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3728 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3729 } | |
| 3730 else | |
| 3731 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 13 | 3732 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
| 7 | 3733 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
| 743 | 3734 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3735 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
| 3427 | 3736 * the current line differently. |
| 3737 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr | |
| 3738 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ | |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3739 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 4065 | 3740 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 3427 | 3741 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CLN); |
| 743 | 3742 #endif |
| 7 | 3743 } |
| 3744 } | |
| 3745 | |
| 5995 | 3746 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 3747 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 | |
| 3748 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) | |
| 3749 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ | |
| 3750 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
| 3751 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3752 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ | |
| 3753 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; | |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ | |
| 3756 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3757 { | |
| 3758 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
| 6834 | 3759 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 && row != startrow |
| 5995 | 3760 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 3761 && filler_lines == 0 | |
| 6834 | 3762 # endif |
| 5995 | 3763 ) |
| 3764 { | |
| 3765 char_attr = 0; /* was: hl_attr(HLF_AT); */ | |
| 6834 | 3766 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 5995 | 3767 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
| 6106 | 3768 { |
| 5995 | 3769 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 6834 | 3770 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 6106 | 3771 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 3772 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, | |
| 3773 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
| 6834 | 3774 # endif |
| 6106 | 3775 } |
| 6834 | 3776 # endif |
| 6028 | 3777 p_extra = NULL; |
| 5995 | 3778 c_extra = ' '; |
| 3779 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, | |
| 3780 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); | |
| 3781 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', | |
| 3782 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3783 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3784 tocol += n_extra; | |
| 3785 } | |
| 3786 } | |
| 3787 #endif | |
| 3788 | |
| 7 | 3789 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
| 3790 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3791 { | |
| 3792 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
| 3793 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3794 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
| 3795 { | |
| 3796 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
| 3797 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 3798 c_extra = '-'; | |
| 3799 else | |
| 3800 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
| 3801 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3802 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3803 n_extra = col + 1; | |
| 3804 else | |
| 3805 # endif | |
| 3806 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 3807 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
| 3808 } | |
| 3809 # endif | |
| 3810 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3811 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
| 3812 { | |
| 3813 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
| 3814 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
| 3815 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3816 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 3817 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3818 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 6503 | 3819 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); |
| 7 | 3820 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', |
| 3821 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3822 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3823 tocol += n_extra; | |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3824 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3825 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3826 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 6106 | 3827 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, |
| 3828 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3829 #endif |
| 7 | 3830 } |
| 3831 # endif | |
| 3832 } | |
| 3833 #endif | |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3836 { | |
| 3837 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
| 3838 if (saved_n_extra) | |
| 3839 { | |
| 3840 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
| 3841 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
| 3842 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
| 3843 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
| 3844 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
| 3845 } | |
| 3846 else | |
| 3847 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3848 } | |
| 3849 } | |
| 3850 | |
| 3851 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
| 3318 | 3852 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin |
| 819 | 3853 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 7 | 3854 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 3855 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3856 #endif | |
| 3857 ) | |
| 3858 { | |
| 3859 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 3860 wp->w_p_rl); | |
| 819 | 3861 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
| 3862 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
| 3863 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3864 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
| 3865 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
| 3866 else | |
| 3867 #endif | |
| 3868 row = wp->w_height; | |
| 7 | 3869 break; |
| 3870 } | |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
| 3873 { | |
| 3874 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
| 3875 if (vcol == fromcol | |
| 3876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3877 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
| 3878 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
| 3879 #endif | |
| 3880 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
| 1814 | 3881 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
| 7 | 3882 && vcol < tocol)) |
| 3883 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
| 3884 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
| 3885 && (vcol == tocol | |
| 3886 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
| 3887 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3890 if (!n_extra) | |
| 3891 { | |
| 3892 /* | |
| 3893 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
| 3894 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
| 3895 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
| 3896 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
| 1326 | 3897 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
| 3898 * priority). | |
| 7 | 3899 */ |
| 36 | 3900 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 1326 | 3901 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3902 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3903 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3904 { | |
| 3905 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3906 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3907 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3908 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 3909 { | |
| 3910 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3911 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3912 } | |
| 3913 else | |
| 3914 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 5979 | 3915 if (cur != NULL) |
| 3916 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 3917 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
| 3918 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL | |
| 3919 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) | |
| 7 | 3920 { |
| 36 | 3921 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
| 3922 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
| 3923 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3924 { |
| 6430 | 3925 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3926 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); | |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) | |
| 3929 shl->endcol = tmp_col; | |
| 3930 #endif | |
| 7 | 3931 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; |
| 6947 | 3932 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 3933 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") | |
| 3934 == cur->hlg_id) | |
| 3935 { | |
| 3936 has_match_conc = TRUE; | |
| 3937 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; | |
| 3938 } | |
| 3939 else | |
| 3940 has_match_conc = match_conc = FALSE; | |
| 3941 #endif | |
| 7 | 3942 } |
| 6430 | 3943 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3944 { |
| 3945 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
| 6947 | 3946 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 3947 prev_syntax_id = 0; | |
| 3948 #endif | |
| 5979 | 3949 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); |
| 3950 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
| 6947 | 3951 ? FALSE : TRUE; |
| 7 | 3952 |
| 3953 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
| 3954 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
| 3955 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3956 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3959 { | |
| 36 | 3960 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3961 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
| 36 | 3962 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3963 else |
| 36 | 3964 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3967 { |
| 3968 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
| 3969 * it */ | |
| 3970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3971 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 3972 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
| 36 | 3973 + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3974 else |
| 3975 #endif | |
| 36 | 3976 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3977 } |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
| 3980 * current position */ | |
| 3981 continue; | |
| 3982 } | |
| 3983 } | |
| 3984 break; | |
| 3985 } | |
| 1326 | 3986 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3987 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3988 } | |
| 3989 | |
| 3990 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
| 3991 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 3992 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
| 3993 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 3994 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3995 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3996 { | |
| 3997 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3998 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3999 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 4000 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 4001 { |
| 1326 | 4002 shl = &search_hl; |
| 4003 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 4004 } |
| 1326 | 4005 else |
| 4006 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 4007 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
| 4008 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
| 4009 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 4010 cur = cur->next; | |
| 4011 } | |
| 7 | 4012 } |
| 4013 #endif | |
| 4014 | |
| 4015 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 674 | 4016 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
| 7 | 4017 { |
| 1295 | 4018 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
| 4019 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 4020 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
| 1295 | 4021 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
| 4022 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 4023 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
| 674 | 4024 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 6106 | 4025 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 4026 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
| 674 | 4027 } |
| 4028 #endif | |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
| 4031 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
| 6717 | 4032 #ifdef LINE_ATTR |
| 674 | 4033 if (area_attr != 0) |
| 6717 | 4034 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); |
| 674 | 4035 else if (search_attr != 0) |
| 6717 | 4036 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); |
| 674 | 4037 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area |
| 4038 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
| 4039 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
| 1842 | 4040 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
| 4041 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
| 674 | 4042 char_attr = line_attr; |
| 6717 | 4043 #else |
| 4044 if (area_attr != 0) | |
| 4045 char_attr = area_attr; | |
| 4046 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
| 4047 char_attr = search_attr; | |
| 674 | 4048 #endif |
| 4049 else | |
| 4050 { | |
| 4051 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
| 4052 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4053 if (has_syntax) | |
| 4054 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
| 4055 else | |
| 4056 #endif | |
| 4057 char_attr = 0; | |
| 4058 } | |
| 7 | 4059 } |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 /* | |
| 4062 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
| 4063 */ | |
| 4064 /* | |
| 1340 | 4065 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
| 4066 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
| 4067 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
| 4068 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
| 4069 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
| 7 | 4070 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
| 4071 */ | |
| 4072 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 4073 { | |
| 4074 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
| 4075 { | |
| 4076 c = c_extra; | |
| 4077 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4078 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
| 4079 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4080 { | |
| 4081 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4082 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4083 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4084 } |
| 4085 else | |
| 4086 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4087 #endif | |
| 4088 } | |
| 4089 else | |
| 4090 { | |
| 4091 c = *p_extra; | |
| 4092 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4093 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4094 { | |
| 4095 mb_c = c; | |
| 4096 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4097 { | |
| 4098 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
| 4099 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 4100 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
| 7 | 4101 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 4102 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
| 4103 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4104 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4105 { | |
| 714 | 4106 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
| 7 | 4107 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
| 819 | 4108 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4109 } |
| 4110 } | |
| 4111 else | |
| 4112 { | |
| 4113 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
| 4114 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 4115 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
| 4116 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4117 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4118 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
| 4119 } | |
| 504 | 4120 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
| 4121 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4122 | |
| 7 | 4123 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
| 4124 * last column. */ | |
| 504 | 4125 if (( |
| 7 | 4126 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4127 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 4128 # endif | |
| 504 | 4129 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
| 7 | 4130 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
| 4131 { | |
| 4132 c = '>'; | |
| 4133 mb_c = c; | |
| 4134 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4135 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4136 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4137 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
| 4138 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4139 ++n_extra; | |
| 4140 --p_extra; | |
| 4141 } | |
| 4142 else | |
| 4143 { | |
| 4144 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4145 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4146 } | |
| 4147 } | |
| 4148 #endif | |
| 4149 ++p_extra; | |
| 4150 } | |
| 4151 --n_extra; | |
| 4152 } | |
| 4153 else | |
| 4154 { | |
| 6026 | 4155 if (p_extra_free != NULL) |
| 4156 { | |
| 4157 vim_free(p_extra_free); | |
| 4158 p_extra_free = NULL; | |
| 4159 } | |
| 7 | 4160 /* |
| 4161 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
| 4162 */ | |
| 4163 c = *ptr; | |
| 4164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4165 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4166 { | |
| 4167 mb_c = c; | |
| 4168 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4169 { | |
| 4170 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
| 4171 * into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 4172 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 4173 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 4174 if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4175 { | |
| 714 | 4176 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 4177 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
| 4178 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
| 4179 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
| 4180 c = mb_c; | |
| 4181 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 507 | 4182 |
| 4183 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
| 4184 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
| 4185 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
| 4186 { | |
| 1326 | 4187 int i; |
| 4188 | |
| 714 | 4189 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
| 4190 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
| 4191 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
| 507 | 4192 mb_c = ' '; |
| 4193 } | |
| 7 | 4194 } |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 4197 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
| 4198 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
| 1401 | 4199 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 4200 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
| 4201 # endif | |
| 4202 ))) | |
| 7 | 4203 { |
| 4204 /* | |
| 4205 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
| 4206 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
| 4207 */ | |
| 1401 | 4208 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 4209 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
| 1401 | 4210 # endif |
| 7 | 4211 { |
| 4212 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
| 714 | 4213 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 7 | 4214 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
| 4215 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 714 | 4216 # endif |
| 7 | 4217 } |
| 1401 | 4218 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 4219 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
| 4220 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
| 4221 else | |
| 4222 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
| 4223 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
| 1401 | 4224 # endif |
| 7 | 4225 |
| 4226 p_extra = extra; | |
| 4227 c = *p_extra; | |
| 4228 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
| 4229 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
| 4230 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 4231 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4232 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4233 { | |
| 4234 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4235 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4236 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4237 } | |
| 4238 } | |
| 4239 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 4240 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4241 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 4242 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
| 4243 { | |
| 4244 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 4245 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 4246 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 4247 |
| 4248 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 4249 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 4250 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4251 { | |
| 4252 pc = prev_c; | |
| 4253 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 4254 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
| 714 | 4255 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 4256 } |
| 4257 else | |
| 4258 { | |
| 714 | 4259 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
| 7 | 4260 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 4261 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 4262 } |
| 4263 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 4264 | |
| 714 | 4265 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
| 7 | 4266 } |
| 4267 else | |
| 4268 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 4269 #endif | |
| 4270 } | |
| 4271 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
| 4272 { | |
| 4273 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 4274 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 4275 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4276 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4277 { | |
| 4278 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
| 4279 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
| 4280 */ | |
| 4281 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
| 4282 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
| 4283 else | |
| 4284 { | |
| 4285 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 4286 { | |
| 4287 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
| 4288 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4289 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
| 4290 } | |
| 4291 else | |
| 4292 { | |
| 4293 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
| 4294 mb_l = 2; | |
| 4295 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
| 4296 } | |
| 4297 p_extra = extra; | |
| 4298 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
| 4299 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4300 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 4301 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4302 { | |
| 4303 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4304 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4305 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4306 } | |
| 4307 mb_c = c; | |
| 4308 } | |
| 4309 } | |
| 4310 } | |
| 4311 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
| 4312 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
| 4313 * next line. */ | |
| 4314 if (( | |
| 4315 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4316 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 4317 # endif | |
| 4318 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
| 4319 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
| 4320 { | |
| 4321 c = '>'; | |
| 4322 mb_c = c; | |
| 4323 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4324 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4325 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4326 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
| 4327 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4328 --ptr; | |
| 4329 } | |
| 4330 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 4331 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4332 | |
| 4333 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4334 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable |
| 4352 | 4335 * characters. */ |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4336 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) |
| 7 | 4337 { |
| 4338 n_extra = 1; | |
| 3586 | 4339 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; |
| 7 | 4340 c = ' '; |
| 4341 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4342 { | |
| 4343 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4344 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4345 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4346 } | |
| 4347 mb_c = c; | |
| 4348 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4349 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4350 } | |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 } | |
| 4353 #endif | |
| 4354 ++ptr; | |
| 4355 | |
| 6777 | 4356 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. */ |
| 4357 if (wp->w_p_list | |
| 4358 && (((c == 160 | |
| 4359 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6801 | 4360 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) |
| 6777 | 4361 #endif |
| 4362 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
| 6795 | 4363 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) |
| 6777 | 4364 { |
| 4365 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; | |
| 12 | 4366 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) |
| 4367 { | |
| 4368 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4369 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4370 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4371 } | |
| 4372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4373 mb_c = c; | |
| 4374 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4375 { | |
| 4376 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4377 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4378 c = 0xc0; |
| 12 | 4379 } |
| 4380 else | |
| 4381 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4382 #endif | |
| 4383 } | |
| 4384 | |
| 7 | 4385 if (extra_check) |
| 4386 { | |
| 743 | 4387 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 4388 int can_spell = TRUE; |
| 743 | 4389 #endif |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 7 | 4392 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
| 4393 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
| 221 | 4394 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 4395 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
| 7 | 4396 { |
| 4397 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
| 4398 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 4399 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 4400 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 4401 | |
| 221 | 4402 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
| 743 | 4403 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4404 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4405 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4406 NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4407 |
| 4408 if (did_emsg) | |
| 482 | 4409 { |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4410 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 482 | 4411 has_syntax = FALSE; |
| 4412 } | |
| 7 | 4413 else |
| 4414 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
| 4417 * have made it invalid. */ | |
| 4418 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 4419 ptr = line + v; | |
| 4420 | |
| 674 | 4421 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4422 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 301 | 4423 else |
| 303 | 4424 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4425 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4426 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4427 * with line highlighting */ |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4428 if (c == NUL) |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4429 syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4430 else |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4431 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4432 # endif |
| 7 | 4433 } |
| 743 | 4434 #endif |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 301 | 4437 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
| 319 | 4438 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
| 4439 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
| 4440 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
| 348 | 4441 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
| 221 | 4442 { |
| 230 | 4443 spell_attr = 0; |
| 743 | 4444 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 674 | 4445 if (!attr_pri) |
| 230 | 4446 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 743 | 4447 # endif |
| 4448 if (c != 0 && ( | |
| 4449 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4450 !has_syntax || | |
| 4451 # endif | |
| 4452 can_spell)) | |
| 221 | 4453 { |
| 348 | 4454 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
| 4455 int len; | |
| 534 | 4456 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 221 | 4457 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 336 | 4458 if (has_mbyte) |
| 4459 { | |
| 4460 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
| 4461 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4462 } | |
| 4463 else | |
| 221 | 4464 # endif |
| 336 | 4465 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
| 348 | 4466 |
| 4467 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
| 4468 * next line concatenated. */ | |
| 4469 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
| 4470 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
| 4471 else | |
| 4472 p = prev_ptr; | |
| 835 | 4473 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 625 | 4474 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
| 4475 nochange); | |
| 348 | 4476 word_end = v + len; |
| 301 | 4477 |
| 4478 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
| 4479 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
| 534 | 4480 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
| 301 | 4481 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
| 4482 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
| 4483 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
| 4484 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
| 4485 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
| 221 | 4486 { |
| 534 | 4487 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 301 | 4488 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
| 221 | 4489 } |
| 348 | 4490 |
| 534 | 4491 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
| 348 | 4492 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
| 4493 { | |
| 4494 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
| 4495 * start of the next line. */ | |
| 4496 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4497 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
| 348 | 4498 } |
| 386 | 4499 |
| 534 | 4500 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 4501 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 4502 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 4503 | |
| 386 | 4504 if (cap_col > 0) |
| 4505 { | |
| 4506 if (p != prev_ptr | |
| 4507 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
| 4508 { | |
| 4509 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
| 4510 * must start with a capital. */ | |
| 4511 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4512 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
| 4513 - nextline_idx); | |
| 386 | 4514 } |
| 4515 else | |
| 4516 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
| 835 | 4517 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 386 | 4518 } |
| 221 | 4519 } |
| 4520 } | |
| 4521 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
| 348 | 4522 { |
| 674 | 4523 if (!attr_pri) |
| 348 | 4524 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
| 4525 else | |
| 4526 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
| 4527 } | |
| 7 | 4528 #endif |
| 4529 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4530 /* | |
| 221 | 4531 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
| 7 | 4532 */ |
| 6026 | 4533 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)) |
| 7 | 4534 { |
| 6681 | 4535 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6693 | 4536 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; |
| 6681 | 4537 # endif |
| 5995 | 4538 char_u *p = ptr - ( |
| 7 | 4539 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6693 | 4540 mb_off + |
| 7 | 4541 # endif |
| 5995 | 4542 1); |
| 6681 | 4543 |
| 5995 | 4544 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ |
| 6026 | 4545 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, |
| 5995 | 4546 NULL) - 1; |
| 6371 | 4547 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 4548 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
| 4549 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; | |
| 4550 | |
| 6681 | 4551 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6693 | 4552 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; |
| 6681 | 4553 # else |
| 7 | 4554 c_extra = ' '; |
| 6681 | 4555 # endif |
| 7 | 4556 if (vim_iswhite(c)) |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4557 { |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4558 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4559 if (c == TAB) |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4560 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4561 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4562 #endif |
| 6026 | 4563 if (!wp->w_p_list) |
| 4564 c = ' '; | |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4565 } |
| 7 | 4566 } |
| 4567 #endif | |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
| 4570 { | |
| 4571 c = lcs_trail; | |
| 674 | 4572 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4573 { |
| 4574 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4575 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4576 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4577 } | |
| 4578 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4579 mb_c = c; | |
| 4580 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4581 { | |
| 4582 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4583 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4584 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4585 } |
| 4586 else | |
| 4587 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4588 #endif | |
| 4589 } | |
| 4590 } | |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 /* | |
| 4593 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
| 4594 */ | |
| 819 | 4595 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
| 7 | 4596 { |
| 4597 /* | |
| 4598 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
| 4599 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
| 4600 * into "ScreenLines". | |
| 4601 */ | |
| 4602 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 4603 { | |
| 6026 | 4604 int tab_len = 0; |
| 6503 | 4605 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ |
| 4606 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4607 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column | |
| 4608 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ | |
| 4609 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 4610 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 4611 #endif | |
| 7 | 4612 /* tab amount depends on current column */ |
| 6026 | 4613 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts |
| 6503 | 4614 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; |
| 4615 | |
| 6026 | 4616 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 6100 | 4617 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) |
| 6026 | 4618 #endif |
| 4619 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
| 4620 n_extra = tab_len; | |
| 4621 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4622 else | |
| 4623 { | |
| 4624 char_u *p; | |
| 4625 int len = n_extra; | |
| 4626 int i; | |
| 4627 int saved_nextra = n_extra; | |
| 4628 | |
| 6172 | 4629 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 6627 | 4630 if (vcol_off > 0) |
| 6172 | 4631 /* there are characters to conceal */ |
| 4632 tab_len += vcol_off; | |
| 6520 | 4633 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above |
| 4634 */ | |
| 4635 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 | |
| 4636 && n_extra > tab_len) | |
| 4637 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; | |
| 4638 #endif | |
| 4639 | |
| 6026 | 4640 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to |
| 4641 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width | |
| 4642 * for a tab */ | |
| 4643 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4644 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); | |
| 4645 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 4646 len += n_extra - tab_len; | |
| 4647 #endif | |
| 4648 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 4649 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
| 4650 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); | |
| 4651 p[len] = NUL; | |
| 4652 p_extra_free = p; | |
| 4653 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) | |
| 4654 { | |
| 4655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4656 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); | |
| 4657 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); | |
| 4658 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) | |
| 4659 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); | |
| 4660 #else | |
| 4661 p[i] = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4662 #endif | |
| 4663 } | |
| 4664 p_extra = p_extra_free; | |
| 6172 | 4665 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 4666 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS | |
| 4667 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ | |
| 6627 | 4668 if (vcol_off > 0) |
| 6172 | 4669 n_extra -= vcol_off; |
| 4670 #endif | |
| 6026 | 4671 } |
| 4672 #endif | |
| 3984 | 4673 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 6627 | 4674 { |
| 4675 int vc_saved = vcol_off; | |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of | |
| 4678 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all | |
| 4679 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets | |
| 4680 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the | |
| 4681 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than | |
| 4682 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ | |
| 4683 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; | |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be | |
| 4686 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the | |
| 4687 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ | |
| 4688 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list | |
| 6520 | 4689 && lcs_tab1) |
| 6627 | 4690 tab_len += vc_saved; |
| 4691 } | |
| 3984 | 4692 #endif |
| 7 | 4693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4694 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4695 #endif | |
| 4696 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
| 4697 { | |
| 4698 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 6026 | 4699 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 4700 if (wp->w_p_lbr) | |
| 4701 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ | |
| 4702 else | |
| 4703 #endif | |
| 4704 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4705 n_attr = tab_len + 1; | |
| 7 | 4706 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); |
| 4707 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4709 mb_c = c; | |
| 4710 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4711 { | |
| 4712 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4713 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4714 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4715 } |
| 4716 #endif | |
| 4717 } | |
| 4718 else | |
| 4719 { | |
| 4720 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4721 c = ' '; | |
| 4722 } | |
| 4723 } | |
| 36 | 4724 else if (c == NUL |
| 6799 | 4725 && (wp->w_p_list |
| 36 | 4726 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) |
| 4727 && tocol > vcol | |
| 4728 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4729 && ( | |
| 4730 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4731 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4732 # endif | |
| 4733 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 4734 && !(noinvcur | |
| 1850 | 4735 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 36 | 4736 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
| 6815 | 4737 && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
| 7 | 4738 { |
| 36 | 4739 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
| 4740 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
| 7 | 4741 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 4742 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
| 4743 * "$". */ | |
| 4744 if ( | |
| 4745 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 534 | 4746 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
| 7 | 4747 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
| 4748 && | |
| 4749 # endif | |
| 4750 # endif | |
| 4751 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 4752 line_attr == 0 | |
| 4753 # endif | |
| 4754 ) | |
| 4755 #endif | |
| 4756 { | |
| 4757 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4758 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
| 4759 * beyond end of line. */ | |
| 4760 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
| 4761 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
| 4762 n_extra = 0; | |
| 4763 else | |
| 4764 #endif | |
| 4765 { | |
| 4766 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
| 4767 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4768 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4769 } | |
| 4770 } | |
| 6799 | 4771 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) |
| 36 | 4772 c = lcs_eol; |
| 4773 else | |
| 4774 c = ' '; | |
| 7 | 4775 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
| 4776 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 674 | 4777 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4778 { |
| 4779 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4780 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4781 } | |
| 4782 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4783 mb_c = c; | |
| 4784 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4785 { | |
| 4786 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4787 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4788 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4789 } |
| 4790 else | |
| 4791 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4792 #endif | |
| 4793 } | |
| 4794 else if (c != NUL) | |
| 4795 { | |
| 4796 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
| 6064 | 4797 if (n_extra == 0) |
| 4798 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 7 | 4799 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4800 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4801 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
| 4802 #endif | |
| 4803 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 6026 | 4804 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 4805 if (wp->w_p_lbr) | |
| 4806 { | |
| 4807 char_u *p; | |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 c = *p_extra; | |
| 4810 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); | |
| 4811 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); | |
| 4812 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); | |
| 4813 p[n_extra] = NUL; | |
| 4814 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; | |
| 4815 } | |
| 4816 else | |
| 4817 #endif | |
| 4818 { | |
| 4819 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 4820 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 4821 } | |
| 674 | 4822 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4823 { |
| 4824 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4825 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4826 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4827 } | |
| 4828 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4829 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4830 #endif | |
| 4831 } | |
| 4832 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4833 else if (VIsual_active | |
| 4834 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
| 4835 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
| 4836 && virtual_active() | |
| 4837 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
| 4838 && vcol < tocol | |
| 4839 && ( | |
| 4840 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4841 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4842 # endif | |
| 4843 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4844 { | |
| 4845 c = ' '; | |
| 4846 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 4847 } | |
| 4848 #endif | |
| 910 | 4849 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 7 | 4850 else if (( |
| 4851 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 910 | 4852 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
| 7 | 4853 # endif |
| 4854 line_attr != 0 | |
| 4855 ) && ( | |
| 4856 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4857 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4858 # endif | |
|
2553
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4859 (col |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4860 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4861 - boguscols |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4862 # endif |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4863 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) |
| 7 | 4864 { |
| 4865 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
| 4866 c = ' '; | |
| 4867 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 867 | 4868 |
| 4869 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
| 4870 ++did_line_attr; | |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
| 4873 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
| 4874 char_attr = line_attr; | |
| 7 | 4875 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 4876 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
| 4877 { | |
| 4878 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
| 4879 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
| 6106 | 4880 { |
| 7 | 4881 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 6106 | 4882 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 4883 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, | |
| 4884 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
| 4885 } | |
| 7 | 4886 } |
| 4887 # endif | |
| 4888 } | |
| 4889 #endif | |
| 4890 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4891 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4892 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4893 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4894 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || |
| 6947 | 4895 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) |
| 4896 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc) | |
|
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4897 && !(lnum_in_visual_area |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4898 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4899 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4900 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4901 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr |
| 6947 | 4902 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc |
| 4903 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4904 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4905 { |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4906 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4907 * character. */ |
| 6947 | 4908 if (match_conc) |
| 4909 c = match_conc; | |
| 4910 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4911 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4912 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4913 c = lcs_conceal; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4914 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4915 c = ' '; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4916 |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4917 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4918 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4919 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4920 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4921 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4922 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4923 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4924 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4925 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4926 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4927 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4928 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4929 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4930 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4931 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4932 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4933 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4934 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4935 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4936 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4937 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4938 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4939 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4940 else if (n_skip == 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4941 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4942 is_concealing = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4943 n_skip = 1; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4944 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4945 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4946 mb_c = c; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4947 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4948 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4949 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4950 u8cc[0] = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4951 c = 0xc0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4952 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4953 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4954 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4955 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4956 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4957 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4958 { |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4959 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4960 is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4961 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4962 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 4963 } |
| 4964 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4965 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4966 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4967 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ |
|
2381
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4968 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE |
|
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4969 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4970 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4971 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4972 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4973 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; |
|
2393
210a5605e126
Fix for cursor position in wrapped line with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
4974 wp->w_wrow = row; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4975 did_wcol = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4976 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4977 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4978 |
| 7 | 4979 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ |
| 4980 if (n_attr > 0 | |
| 4981 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
| 674 | 4982 && !attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4983 char_attr = extra_attr; |
| 4984 | |
| 42 | 4985 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 4986 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
| 4987 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
| 4988 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
| 4989 if (xic != NULL | |
| 1850 | 4990 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 7 | 4991 && (State & INSERT) |
| 4992 && !p_imdisable | |
| 4993 && im_is_preediting() | |
| 4994 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
| 4995 { | |
| 4996 colnr_T tcol; | |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
| 1850 | 4999 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 5000 else |
| 5001 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
| 5002 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
| 5003 { | |
| 5004 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
| 5005 { | |
| 5006 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 5007 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
| 5008 } | |
| 5009 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
| 5010 if (char_attr < 0) | |
| 5011 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 5012 feedback_col++; | |
| 5013 } | |
| 5014 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
| 5015 { | |
| 5016 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 5017 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 5018 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 5019 } | |
| 5020 } | |
| 5021 #endif | |
| 5022 /* | |
| 5023 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
| 5024 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
| 5025 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
| 5026 */ | |
| 5027 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
| 6276 | 5028 && wp->w_p_list |
| 7 | 5029 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) |
| 5030 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5031 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5032 #endif | |
| 5033 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
| 5034 && c != NUL) | |
| 5035 { | |
| 5036 c = lcs_prec; | |
| 5037 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
| 5038 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3586 | 5039 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
| 5040 { | |
| 5041 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" | |
| 5042 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ | |
| 5043 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; | |
| 5044 n_extra = 1; | |
| 5045 n_attr = 2; | |
| 5046 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 5047 } | |
| 7 | 5048 mb_c = c; |
| 5049 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 5050 { | |
| 5051 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 5052 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 5053 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 5054 } |
| 5055 else | |
| 5056 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 5057 #endif | |
| 674 | 5058 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 5059 { |
| 5060 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 5061 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
| 5062 n_attr3 = 1; | |
| 5063 } | |
| 5064 } | |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 /* | |
| 867 | 5067 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
| 7 | 5068 */ |
| 867 | 5069 if (c == NUL |
| 910 | 5070 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 5071 || did_line_attr == 1 |
| 5072 #endif | |
| 5073 ) | |
| 5074 { | |
| 5075 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 5076 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
| 1437 | 5077 |
| 5078 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
| 1439 | 5079 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
| 1437 | 5080 ++prevcol; |
| 867 | 5081 #endif |
| 5082 | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5083 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
| 7 | 5084 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
| 5085 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
| 5086 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
| 1326 | 5087 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 5088 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 5089 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
| 5090 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 5091 else | |
| 5092 { | |
| 5093 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 5094 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 5095 { | |
| 5096 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
| 5097 { | |
| 5098 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 5099 break; | |
| 5100 } | |
| 5101 cur = cur->next; | |
| 5102 } | |
| 5103 } | |
| 5104 #endif | |
| 7 | 5105 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
| 1850 | 5106 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
| 5107 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 5108 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
| 5109 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 5110 && c == NUL) | |
| 7 | 5111 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 5112 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
| 1326 | 5113 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
| 910 | 5114 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 5115 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
| 5116 # endif | |
| 5117 ) | |
| 7 | 5118 #endif |
| 5119 )) | |
| 5120 { | |
| 5121 int n = 0; | |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5124 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5125 { | |
| 5126 if (col < 0) | |
| 5127 n = 1; | |
| 5128 } | |
| 5129 else | |
| 5130 #endif | |
| 5131 { | |
| 5132 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5133 n = -1; | |
| 5134 } | |
| 5135 if (n != 0) | |
| 5136 { | |
| 5137 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
| 5138 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
| 5139 off += n; | |
| 5140 col += n; | |
| 5141 } | |
| 5142 else | |
| 5143 { | |
| 5144 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
| 5145 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 5146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5147 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5148 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5149 #endif | |
| 5150 } | |
| 5151 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 5152 if (area_attr == 0) | |
| 5153 { | |
| 1326 | 5154 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
| 5155 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 5156 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
| 5157 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 5158 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 5159 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 699 | 5160 { |
| 1326 | 5161 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
| 5162 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 5163 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 5164 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 5165 { |
| 1326 | 5166 shl = &search_hl; |
| 5167 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 5168 } |
| 1326 | 5169 else |
| 5170 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 5171 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
| 5172 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 5173 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 5174 cur = cur->next; | |
| 699 | 5175 } |
| 7 | 5176 } |
| 5177 #endif | |
| 5178 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 5179 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5180 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 1437 | 5181 { |
| 7 | 5182 --col; |
| 1437 | 5183 --off; |
| 5184 } | |
| 7 | 5185 else |
| 5186 #endif | |
| 1437 | 5187 { |
| 7 | 5188 ++col; |
| 1437 | 5189 ++off; |
| 5190 } | |
| 743 | 5191 ++vcol; |
| 1437 | 5192 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5193 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
| 5194 #endif | |
| 743 | 5195 } |
| 867 | 5196 } |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 /* | |
| 5199 * At end of the text line. | |
| 5200 */ | |
| 5201 if (c == NUL) | |
| 5202 { | |
| 743 | 5203 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1850 | 5204 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 5205 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 1437 | 5206 { |
| 5207 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
| 5208 --col; | |
| 5209 --off; | |
| 5210 --vcol; | |
| 5211 } | |
| 5212 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5213 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
| 758 | 5214 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
| 5215 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 5216 else | |
| 5217 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5218 |
| 820 | 5219 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
| 5220 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
| 5221 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5222 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5223 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5224 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5225 col -= boguscols; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5226 boguscols = 0; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5227 #endif |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5228 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5229 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5230 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5231 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5232 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5233 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5234 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5235 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5236 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5237 || draw_color_col) |
| 743 | 5238 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 5239 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
| 5240 # endif | |
| 5241 ) | |
| 5242 { | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5243 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5244 int i; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5245 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5246 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5247 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5248 if (draw_color_col) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5249 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5250 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5251 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5252 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5253 |
| 743 | 5254 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 5255 { | |
| 5256 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 5257 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5258 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5259 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5260 #endif | |
| 5261 ++col; | |
|
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5262 if (draw_color_col) |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5263 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5264 &color_cols); |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5265 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5266 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5267 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5268 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5269 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5270 else |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5271 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5272 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5273 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
| 743 | 5274 break; |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5275 |
| 743 | 5276 ++vcol; |
| 5277 } | |
| 5278 } | |
| 5279 #endif | |
| 7 | 5280 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5281 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5282 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
| 7 | 5283 row++; |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 /* | |
| 5286 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 5287 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 5288 */ | |
| 5289 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 5290 { | |
| 5291 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
| 5292 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
| 5293 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 5294 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
| 5295 #endif | |
| 5296 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 5297 } | |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 break; | |
| 5300 } | |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
| 5303 if (lcs_ext | |
| 5304 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5305 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5306 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5307 #endif | |
| 5308 && ( | |
| 5309 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5310 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
| 5311 #endif | |
| 5312 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
| 5313 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 1555 | 5314 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
| 7 | 5315 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
| 5316 { | |
| 5317 c = lcs_ext; | |
| 5318 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 5319 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5320 mb_c = c; | |
| 5321 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 5322 { | |
| 5323 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 5324 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 5325 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 5326 } |
| 5327 else | |
| 5328 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 5329 #endif | |
| 5330 } | |
| 5331 | |
| 743 | 5332 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5333 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5334 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5335 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5336 |
| 743 | 5337 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5338 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5339 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5340 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5341 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5342 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5343 { |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5344 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5345 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5346 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5347 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5348 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5349 } |
|
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
5350 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5351 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5352 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5353 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5354 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5355 } |
| 743 | 5356 #endif |
| 5357 | |
| 7 | 5358 /* |
| 5359 * Store character to be displayed. | |
| 5360 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
| 5361 */ | |
| 5362 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
| 5363 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
| 5364 { | |
| 5365 /* | |
| 5366 * Store the character. | |
| 5367 */ | |
| 5368 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 5369 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 5370 { | |
| 5371 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
| 5372 --off; | |
| 5373 --col; | |
| 5374 } | |
| 5375 #endif | |
| 5376 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 5377 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5378 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5379 { |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5380 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5381 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
| 7 | 5382 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5383 } |
| 7 | 5384 else if (enc_utf8) |
| 5385 { | |
| 5386 if (mb_utf8) | |
| 5387 { | |
| 1326 | 5388 int i; |
| 5389 | |
| 7 | 5390 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
| 819 | 5391 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
| 5392 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
| 714 | 5393 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 5394 { | |
| 5395 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 5396 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 5397 break; | |
| 5398 } | |
| 7 | 5399 } |
| 5400 else | |
| 5401 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5402 } | |
| 5403 if (multi_attr) | |
| 5404 { | |
| 5405 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
| 5406 multi_attr = 0; | |
| 5407 } | |
| 5408 else | |
| 5409 #endif | |
| 5410 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5413 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 5414 { | |
| 5415 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
| 5416 ++off; | |
| 5417 ++col; | |
| 5418 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5419 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
| 5420 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
| 5421 else | |
| 5422 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
| 5423 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
| 5424 ++vcol; | |
| 5425 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
| 5426 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
| 5427 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 5428 ++tocol; | |
| 5429 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5430 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5431 { | |
| 5432 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
| 5433 --off; | |
| 5434 --col; | |
| 5435 } | |
| 5436 #endif | |
| 5437 } | |
| 5438 #endif | |
| 5439 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5440 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5441 { | |
| 5442 --off; | |
| 5443 --col; | |
| 5444 } | |
| 5445 else | |
| 5446 #endif | |
| 5447 { | |
| 5448 ++off; | |
| 5449 ++col; | |
| 5450 } | |
| 5451 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5452 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
5453 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5454 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5455 --n_skip; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5456 ++vcol_off; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5457 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5458 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5459 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5460 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5461 /* |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5462 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5463 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5464 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5465 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5466 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5467 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5468 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5469 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5470 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5471 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5472 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5473 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5474 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5475 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5476 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5477 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5478 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5479 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5480 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5481 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5482 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5483 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5484 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5485 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5486 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5487 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5488 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5489 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5490 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5491 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5492 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5493 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5494 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5495 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5496 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5497 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5498 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5499 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5500 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5501 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5502 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5503 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5504 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5505 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5506 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5507 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5508 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5509 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5510 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5511 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5512 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5513 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5514 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5515 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5516 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5517 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5518 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5519 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5520 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5521 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5522 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5523 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5524 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5525 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5526 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5527 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5528 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5529 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5530 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5531 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5532 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5533 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5534 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5535 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5536 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5537 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 5538 else |
| 5539 --n_skip; | |
| 5540 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5541 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5542 * column. */ |
| 1849 | 5543 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
| 7 | 5544 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 5545 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5546 #endif | |
| 5547 ) | |
| 5548 ++vcol; | |
| 5549 | |
| 743 | 5550 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5551 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
| 5552 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
| 5553 #endif | |
| 5554 | |
| 7 | 5555 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
| 5556 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
| 5557 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
| 5560 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
| 5561 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
| 5562 | |
| 5563 /* | |
| 5564 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
| 1378 | 5565 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
| 7 | 5566 */ |
| 5567 if (( | |
| 5568 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5569 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
| 5570 #endif | |
| 5571 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 5572 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 5573 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5574 || filler_todo > 0 | |
| 5575 #endif | |
| 2724 | 5576 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) |
| 7 | 5577 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) |
| 5578 ) | |
| 5579 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5580 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5581 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5582 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5583 boguscols = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5584 #else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5585 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5586 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5587 #endif |
| 7 | 5588 ++row; |
| 5589 ++screen_row; | |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
| 5592 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
| 5593 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5594 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5595 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5596 #endif | |
| 5597 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
| 5598 break; | |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
| 5601 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
| 5602 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5603 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5604 #endif | |
| 5605 ) | |
| 5606 { | |
| 5607 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 5608 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5609 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 5610 #endif | |
| 5611 row = endrow; | |
| 5612 } | |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
| 5615 if (row == endrow) | |
| 5616 { | |
| 5617 ++row; | |
| 5618 break; | |
| 5619 } | |
| 5620 | |
| 5621 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
| 5622 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5623 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5624 #endif | |
| 5625 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
| 5626 { | |
| 5627 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
| 5628 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 /* | |
| 5631 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
| 5632 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
| 5633 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
| 5634 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
| 5635 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
| 5636 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
| 5637 * (something has been written in it). | |
| 5638 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
| 5639 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
| 5640 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
| 5641 */ | |
| 5642 if (p_tf | |
| 5643 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5644 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5645 #endif | |
| 5646 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5647 && !(has_mbyte | |
| 1378 | 5648 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
| 5649 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5650 == 2 | |
| 7 | 5651 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
| 1378 | 5652 + (int)Columns - 2, |
| 5653 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5654 == 2)) | |
| 7 | 5655 #endif |
| 5656 ) | |
| 5657 { | |
| 5658 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
| 5659 * then output the same character again to let the | |
| 5660 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
| 5661 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
| 5662 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5663 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5664 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
| 5665 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
| 5666 | |
| 5667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5668 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
| 5669 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
| 148 | 5670 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
| 5671 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5672 out_char(' '); |
| 5673 else | |
| 5674 #endif | |
| 5675 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5676 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
| 5677 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
| 5678 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 5679 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5680 } | |
| 5681 } | |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 col = 0; | |
| 5684 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5685 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5686 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5687 { | |
| 5688 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
| 5689 off += col; | |
| 5690 } | |
| 5691 #endif | |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
| 5694 draw_state = WL_START; | |
| 5695 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
| 5696 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
| 5697 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
| 5698 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
| 5699 n_extra = 0; | |
| 5700 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
| 5701 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5702 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5703 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
| 5704 # endif | |
| 5705 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 5706 #endif | |
| 5707 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5708 --filler_todo; | |
| 5709 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
| 5710 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
| 5711 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
| 5712 break; | |
| 5713 #endif | |
| 5714 } | |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
| 5717 | |
| 743 | 5718 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 386 | 5719 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
| 5720 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
| 5721 { | |
| 5722 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 5723 cap_col = 0; | |
| 5724 } | |
| 5725 #endif | |
| 5726 | |
| 7 | 5727 return row; |
| 5728 } | |
| 5729 | |
| 714 | 5730 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5731 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 /* | |
| 5734 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5735 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
| 714 | 5736 */ |
| 5737 static int | |
| 5738 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
| 5739 int off_from; | |
| 5740 int off_to; | |
| 5741 { | |
| 5742 int i; | |
| 5743 | |
| 5744 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5745 { | |
| 5746 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
| 5747 return TRUE; | |
| 5748 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
| 5749 break; | |
| 5750 } | |
| 5751 return FALSE; | |
| 5752 } | |
| 5753 #endif | |
| 5754 | |
| 7 | 5755 /* |
| 5756 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
| 5757 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
| 5758 * - the attributes are different | |
| 5759 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
| 1616 | 5760 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
| 7 | 5761 */ |
| 5762 static int | |
| 5763 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
| 5764 int off_from; | |
| 5765 int off_to; | |
| 5766 int cols; | |
| 5767 { | |
| 5768 if (cols > 0 | |
| 5769 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
| 5770 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5773 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
| 5774 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
| 5775 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
| 5776 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
| 5777 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5778 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 5779 || (enc_utf8 | |
| 5780 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
| 5781 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
| 1616 | 5782 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
| 3759 | 5783 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 |
| 5784 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5785 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 7 | 5786 #endif |
| 5787 )) | |
| 5788 return TRUE; | |
| 5789 return FALSE; | |
| 5790 } | |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 /* | |
| 5793 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
| 5794 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
| 5795 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
| 5796 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
| 5797 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
| 5798 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
| 5799 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
| 5800 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
| 5801 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
| 5802 */ | |
| 5803 static void | |
| 5804 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
| 5805 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5806 , rlflag | |
| 5807 #endif | |
| 5808 ) | |
| 5809 int row; | |
| 5810 int coloff; | |
| 5811 int endcol; | |
| 5812 int clear_width; | |
| 5813 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5814 int rlflag; | |
| 5815 #endif | |
| 5816 { | |
| 5817 unsigned off_from; | |
| 5818 unsigned off_to; | |
| 1378 | 5819 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5820 unsigned max_off_from; | |
| 5821 unsigned max_off_to; | |
| 5822 #endif | |
| 7 | 5823 int col = 0; |
| 5824 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 5825 int hl; | |
| 5826 #endif | |
| 5827 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
| 5828 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
| 5829 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5830 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
| 5831 #endif | |
| 5832 ; | |
| 5833 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
| 5834 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5835 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
| 5836 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
| 5837 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
| 5838 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
| 5839 #else | |
| 5840 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
| 5841 #endif | |
| 5842 | |
| 3413 | 5843 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ |
| 5844 if (row >= Rows) | |
| 5845 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 5846 if (endcol > Columns) | |
| 5847 endcol = Columns; | |
| 5848 | |
| 7 | 5849 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
| 5850 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
| 5851 # endif | |
| 5852 | |
| 5853 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5854 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
| 1378 | 5855 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5856 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
| 5857 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 5858 #endif | |
| 7 | 5859 |
| 5860 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5861 if (rlflag) | |
| 5862 { | |
| 5863 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
| 5864 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5865 { | |
| 5866 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5867 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5868 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5869 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5870 # endif | |
| 5871 ) | |
| 5872 { | |
| 5873 ++off_to; | |
| 5874 ++col; | |
| 5875 } | |
| 5876 if (col <= endcol) | |
| 5877 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
| 5878 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5879 } | |
| 5880 col = endcol + 1; | |
| 5881 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
| 5882 off_from += col; | |
| 5883 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
| 5884 } | |
| 5885 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
| 5886 | |
| 5887 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 while (col < endcol) | |
| 5890 { | |
| 5891 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5892 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
| 1378 | 5893 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
| 7 | 5894 else |
| 5895 char_cells = 1; | |
| 5896 #endif | |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
| 5899 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
| 5900 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5903 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
| 5904 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
| 5905 * happens in the GUI. | |
| 5906 */ | |
| 5907 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
| 5908 { | |
| 5909 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
| 743 | 5910 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5911 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5912 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5913 redraw_this = TRUE; |
| 5914 } | |
| 5915 #endif | |
| 5916 | |
| 5917 if (redraw_this) | |
| 5918 { | |
| 5919 /* | |
| 5920 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
| 5921 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
| 5922 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
| 5923 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
| 5924 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
| 5925 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
| 5926 * character. | |
| 5927 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
| 5928 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
| 5929 * completely. | |
| 5930 */ | |
| 5931 if ( p_wiv | |
| 5932 && !force | |
| 5933 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5934 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5935 #endif | |
| 5936 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
| 5937 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5938 { | |
| 5939 /* | |
| 5940 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
| 5941 */ | |
| 5942 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5943 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 5944 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5945 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
| 5946 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
| 5947 | |
| 5948 /* | |
| 5949 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
| 5950 * highlighting at this character. | |
| 5951 */ | |
| 5952 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
| 5953 { | |
| 5954 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
| 5955 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5956 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5957 } | |
| 5958 else | |
| 5959 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
| 5960 } | |
| 5961 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5962 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5963 { | |
| 5964 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
| 5965 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
| 5966 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
| 5967 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
| 5968 if (char_cells == 1 | |
| 5969 && col + 1 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5970 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5971 { |
| 5972 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
| 5973 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
| 5974 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
| 5975 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5976 } | |
| 5977 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
| 5978 && col + 2 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5979 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5980 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5981 { |
| 5982 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
| 5983 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
| 5984 * cell. */ | |
| 5985 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
| 5986 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5987 } | |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 5990 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
| 5991 } | |
| 5992 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
| 5993 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
| 5994 * the right halve of the old character. | |
| 5995 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
| 5996 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
| 5997 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
| 5998 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
| 1378 | 5999 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 6000 || (char_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6001 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 6002 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6003 clear_next = TRUE; |
| 6004 #endif | |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
| 6007 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6008 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6009 { | |
| 6010 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
| 6011 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
| 6012 { | |
| 714 | 6013 int i; |
| 6014 | |
| 6015 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 6016 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
| 7 | 6017 } |
| 6018 } | |
| 6019 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 6020 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
| 6021 #endif | |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 1843 | 6024 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
| 6025 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7 | 6026 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
| 6027 * and for some xterms. */ | |
| 6028 if ( | |
| 6029 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6030 gui.in_use | |
| 6031 # endif | |
| 6032 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 6033 || | |
| 6034 # endif | |
| 6035 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 6036 term_is_xterm | |
| 6037 # endif | |
| 6038 ) | |
| 6039 { | |
| 6040 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 743 | 6041 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 6042 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 6043 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 6044 redraw_next = TRUE; |
| 6045 } | |
| 6046 #endif | |
| 6047 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 6048 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 819 | 6049 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
| 6050 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
| 6051 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 6052 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 6053 | |
| 7 | 6054 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
| 6055 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 6056 else | |
| 6057 #endif | |
| 6058 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 6059 } | |
| 6060 else if ( p_wiv | |
| 6061 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6062 && !gui.in_use | |
| 6063 #endif | |
| 6064 && col + coloff > 0) | |
| 6065 { | |
| 6066 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
| 6067 { | |
| 6068 /* | |
| 6069 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
| 6070 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
| 6071 */ | |
| 6072 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 6073 } | |
| 6074 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
| 6075 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 6076 } | |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 6079 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 6080 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 6081 } | |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6084 if (clear_next) | |
| 6085 { | |
| 6086 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
| 6087 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
| 6088 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
| 6089 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6090 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 6091 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 6092 } | |
| 6093 #endif | |
| 6094 | |
| 6095 if (clear_width > 0 | |
| 6096 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6097 && !rlflag | |
| 6098 #endif | |
| 6099 ) | |
| 6100 { | |
| 6101 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6102 int startCol = col; | |
| 6103 #endif | |
| 6104 | |
| 6105 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
| 6106 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 6107 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 6108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6109 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 6110 #endif | |
| 6111 ) | |
| 6112 { | |
| 6113 ++off_to; | |
| 6114 ++col; | |
| 6115 } | |
| 6116 if (col < clear_width) | |
| 6117 { | |
| 6118 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6119 /* | |
| 6120 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
| 6121 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
| 6122 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
| 6123 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
| 6124 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
| 6125 */ | |
| 996 | 6126 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
| 7 | 6127 { |
| 6128 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 6129 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 996 | 6130 { |
| 6131 int prev_cells = 1; | |
| 6132 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6133 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6134 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
| 6135 * that its width is 2. */ | |
| 6136 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
| 6137 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 6138 { | |
| 6139 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
| 6140 * column and get its width. */ | |
| 6141 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
| 1378 | 6142 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
| 996 | 6143 |
| 6144 while (off < off_to) | |
| 6145 { | |
| 1378 | 6146 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
| 996 | 6147 off += prev_cells; |
| 6148 } | |
| 6149 } | |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
| 6152 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 6153 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 6154 else | |
| 6155 # endif | |
| 6156 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 6157 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 6158 } | |
| 7 | 6159 } |
| 6160 #endif | |
| 6161 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
| 6162 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 6163 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6164 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
| 6165 col = clear_width; | |
| 6166 #endif | |
| 6167 } | |
| 6168 } | |
| 6169 | |
| 6170 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 6171 { | |
| 6172 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6173 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
| 6174 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
| 6175 { | |
| 6176 int c; | |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 6477 | 6179 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c |
| 7 | 6180 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 6181 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
| 6182 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 6183 # endif |
| 6184 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
| 6185 { | |
| 6186 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
| 6187 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
| 6188 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6189 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6190 { | |
| 6191 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 6192 { | |
| 6193 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
| 714 | 6194 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
| 7 | 6195 } |
| 6196 else | |
| 6197 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 6198 } | |
| 6199 # endif | |
| 6200 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 6201 } | |
| 6202 } | |
| 6203 else | |
| 6204 #endif | |
| 6205 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 6206 } | |
| 6207 } | |
| 6208 | |
| 474 | 6209 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 6210 /* |
| 474 | 6211 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
| 6212 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
| 7 | 6213 */ |
| 474 | 6214 void |
| 7 | 6215 rl_mirror(str) |
| 6216 char_u *str; | |
| 6217 { | |
| 6218 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 6219 int t; | |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
| 6222 { | |
| 6223 t = *p1; | |
| 6224 *p1 = *p2; | |
| 6225 *p2 = t; | |
| 6226 } | |
| 6227 } | |
| 6228 #endif | |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6231 /* | |
| 6232 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
| 6233 */ | |
| 6234 void | |
| 6235 status_redraw_all() | |
| 6236 { | |
| 6237 win_T *wp; | |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6240 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 6241 { | |
| 6242 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6243 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 6244 } | |
| 6245 } | |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 /* | |
| 6248 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
| 6249 */ | |
| 6250 void | |
| 6251 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
| 6252 { | |
| 6253 win_T *wp; | |
| 6254 | |
| 6255 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6256 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 6257 { | |
| 6258 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6259 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 6260 } | |
| 6261 } | |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 /* | |
| 6264 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
| 6265 */ | |
| 6266 void | |
| 6267 redraw_statuslines() | |
| 6268 { | |
| 6269 win_T *wp; | |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6272 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 6273 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 673 | 6274 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 6275 draw_tabline(); |
| 7 | 6276 } |
| 6277 #endif | |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6280 /* | |
| 6281 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
| 6282 */ | |
| 6283 void | |
| 6284 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
| 6285 frame_T *frp; | |
| 6286 { | |
| 6287 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
| 6288 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6289 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
| 6290 { | |
| 6291 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
| 6292 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 6293 } | |
| 6294 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
| 6295 { | |
| 6296 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
| 6297 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6298 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
| 6299 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 6300 } | |
| 6301 } | |
| 6302 #endif | |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6305 /* | |
| 6306 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
| 6307 */ | |
| 6308 static void | |
| 6309 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
| 6310 win_T *wp; | |
| 6311 int row; | |
| 6312 { | |
| 6313 int hl; | |
| 6314 int c; | |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
| 6317 { | |
| 6318 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 6319 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 6320 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 6321 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
| 6322 c, ' ', hl); | |
| 6323 } | |
| 6324 } | |
| 6325 #endif | |
| 6326 | |
| 6327 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
| 6328 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
| 277 | 6329 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
| 7 | 6330 |
| 6331 /* | |
| 1378 | 6332 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
| 7 | 6333 */ |
| 6334 static int | |
| 6335 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
| 6336 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6337 char_u *s; | |
| 6338 { | |
| 6339 int len = 0; | |
| 6340 | |
| 6341 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6342 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6343 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
| 6346 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6347 return 1; | |
| 6348 #endif | |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6351 { | |
| 1685 | 6352 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 42 | 6353 len += ptr2cells(s); |
| 39 | 6354 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 6355 } |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 return len; | |
| 6358 } | |
| 6359 | |
| 6360 /* | |
| 1685 | 6361 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
| 277 | 6362 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
| 6363 */ | |
| 6364 static int | |
| 6365 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
| 6366 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6367 char_u *s; | |
| 6368 { | |
| 1685 | 6369 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
| 277 | 6370 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 6371 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6372 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
| 6373 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
| 6374 #endif | |
| 1685 | 6375 ) |
| 6376 { | |
| 6377 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 6378 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
| 6379 return 2; | |
| 6380 #endif | |
| 6381 return 1; | |
| 6382 } | |
| 6383 return 0; | |
| 277 | 6384 } |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 /* | |
| 7 | 6387 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
| 6388 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
| 6389 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
| 6390 * | |
| 6391 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6392 */ | |
| 6393 void | |
| 6394 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
| 6395 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6396 int num_matches; | |
| 6397 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
| 6398 int match; | |
| 6399 int showtail; | |
| 6400 { | |
| 6401 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
| 6402 int row; | |
| 6403 char_u *buf; | |
| 6404 int len; | |
| 1378 | 6405 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
| 7 | 6406 int fillchar; |
| 6407 int attr; | |
| 6408 int i; | |
| 6409 int highlight = TRUE; | |
| 6410 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
| 6411 int selstart_col = 0; | |
| 6412 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
| 6413 static int first_match = 0; | |
| 6414 int add_left = FALSE; | |
| 6415 char_u *s; | |
| 6416 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6417 int emenu; | |
| 6418 #endif | |
| 6419 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 6420 int l; | |
| 6421 #endif | |
| 6422 | |
| 6423 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
| 6424 return; | |
| 6425 | |
| 39 | 6426 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6427 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6428 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
| 6429 else | |
| 6430 #endif | |
| 6431 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
| 7 | 6432 if (buf == NULL) |
| 6433 return; | |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
| 6436 { | |
| 6437 match = 0; | |
| 6438 highlight = FALSE; | |
| 6439 } | |
| 6440 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
| 6441 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
| 6442 if (match == 0) | |
| 6443 first_match = 0; | |
| 6444 else if (match < first_match) | |
| 6445 { | |
| 6446 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
| 6447 first_match = match; | |
| 6448 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 6449 } | |
| 6450 else | |
| 6451 { | |
| 6452 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
| 6453 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
| 6454 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 6455 if (first_match > 0) | |
| 6456 clen += 2; | |
| 6457 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
| 6458 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
| 6459 { | |
| 6460 first_match = match; | |
| 6461 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
| 6462 clen = 2; | |
| 6463 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
| 6464 { | |
| 6465 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 6466 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 6467 break; | |
| 6468 } | |
| 6469 if (i == num_matches) | |
| 6470 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 6471 } | |
| 6472 } | |
| 6473 if (add_left) | |
| 6474 while (first_match > 0) | |
| 6475 { | |
| 6476 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
| 6477 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 6478 break; | |
| 6479 --first_match; | |
| 6480 } | |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
| 6483 | |
| 6484 if (first_match == 0) | |
| 6485 { | |
| 6486 *buf = NUL; | |
| 6487 len = 0; | |
| 6488 } | |
| 6489 else | |
| 6490 { | |
| 6491 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
| 6492 len = 2; | |
| 6493 } | |
| 6494 clen = len; | |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 i = first_match; | |
| 6497 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
| 6498 { | |
| 6499 if (i == match) | |
| 6500 { | |
| 6501 selstart = buf + len; | |
| 6502 selstart_col = clen; | |
| 6503 } | |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
| 6506 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
| 6507 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6508 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6509 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6510 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6511 { | |
| 6512 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
| 6513 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6514 len += l; | |
| 6515 clen += l; | |
| 6516 } | |
| 6517 else | |
| 6518 #endif | |
| 6519 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
| 6520 { | |
| 1685 | 6521 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 7 | 6522 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
| 6523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 6524 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
| 7 | 6525 { |
| 6526 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
| 6527 s += l - 1; | |
| 6528 len += l; | |
| 6529 } | |
| 6530 else | |
| 6531 #endif | |
| 6532 { | |
| 6533 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
| 6534 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6535 } | |
| 6536 } | |
| 6537 if (i == match) | |
| 6538 selend = buf + len; | |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6541 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6542 clen += 2; | |
| 6543 if (++i == num_matches) | |
| 6544 break; | |
| 6545 } | |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 if (i != num_matches) | |
| 6548 { | |
| 6549 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
| 6550 ++clen; | |
| 6551 } | |
| 6552 | |
| 6553 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
| 6556 if (row >= 0) | |
| 6557 { | |
| 6558 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
| 6559 { | |
| 6560 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
| 6561 { | |
| 6562 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
| 6563 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
| 6564 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 6565 { | |
| 6566 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 6567 ++msg_scrolled; | |
| 6568 } | |
| 6569 else | |
| 6570 { | |
| 6571 ++cmdline_row; | |
| 6572 ++row; | |
| 6573 } | |
| 6574 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
| 6575 } | |
| 6576 else | |
| 6577 { | |
| 6578 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
| 6579 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
| 6580 * resized. */ | |
| 6581 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6582 { | |
| 6583 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
| 6584 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
| 6585 p_ls = 2; | |
| 6586 p_wmh = 0; | |
| 6587 last_status(FALSE); | |
| 6588 } | |
| 6589 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
| 6590 } | |
| 6591 } | |
| 6592 | |
| 6593 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
| 6594 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
| 6595 { | |
| 6596 *selend = NUL; | |
| 6597 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
| 6598 } | |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6601 } | |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6604 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
| 6605 #else | |
| 6606 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6607 #endif | |
| 6608 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6609 } | |
| 6610 #endif | |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6613 /* | |
| 6614 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
| 6615 * | |
| 6616 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6617 */ | |
| 6618 void | |
| 6619 win_redr_status(wp) | |
| 6620 win_T *wp; | |
| 6621 { | |
| 6622 int row; | |
| 6623 char_u *p; | |
| 6624 int len; | |
| 6625 int fillchar; | |
| 6626 int attr; | |
| 6627 int this_ru_col; | |
| 1910 | 6628 static int busy = FALSE; |
| 6629 | |
| 6630 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
| 6631 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
| 6632 if (busy) | |
| 6633 return; | |
| 6634 busy = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6635 |
| 6636 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
| 6637 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6638 { | |
| 6639 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
| 6640 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 6641 } | |
| 540 | 6642 else if (!redrawing() |
| 6643 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 6644 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
| 6645 * drawn over it */ | |
| 6646 || pum_visible() | |
| 6647 #endif | |
| 6648 ) | |
| 7 | 6649 { |
| 6650 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
| 6651 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6652 } | |
| 6653 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 6654 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
| 7 | 6655 { |
| 6656 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
| 1983 | 6657 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
| 7 | 6658 } |
| 6659 #endif | |
| 6660 else | |
| 6661 { | |
| 6662 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6663 | |
| 685 | 6664 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
| 7 | 6665 p = NameBuff; |
| 6666 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
| 6669 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6670 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
| 6671 #endif | |
| 6672 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
| 6673 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6674 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6675 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
| 6676 { | |
| 809 | 6677 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
| 7 | 6678 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
| 6679 } | |
| 6680 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6681 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
| 6682 { | |
| 6683 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
| 6684 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
| 6685 } | |
| 6686 #endif | |
| 6687 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 6688 { | |
| 6689 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
| 6690 len += 3; | |
| 6691 } | |
| 6692 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6693 { | |
|
4795
8360a59aa04b
updated for version 7.3.1144
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4736
diff
changeset
|
6694 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); |
| 7 | 6695 len += 4; |
| 6696 } | |
| 6697 | |
| 6698 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6699 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
| 6700 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6701 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6702 #else | |
| 6703 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
| 6704 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6705 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 6706 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
| 6707 { | |
| 6708 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
| 6709 len = 1; | |
| 6710 } | |
| 6711 else | |
| 6712 #endif | |
| 6713 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6714 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6715 { | |
| 6716 int clen = 0, i; | |
| 6717 | |
| 6718 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6719 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
|
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6720 |
| 7 | 6721 /* Find first character that will fit. |
| 6722 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
| 6723 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 474 | 6724 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
| 7 | 6725 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
| 6726 len = clen; | |
| 6727 if (i > 0) | |
| 6728 { | |
| 6729 p = p + i - 1; | |
| 6730 *p = '<'; | |
| 6731 ++len; | |
| 6732 } | |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 } | |
| 6735 else | |
| 6736 #endif | |
| 6737 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
| 6738 { | |
| 6739 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
| 6740 *p = '<'; | |
| 6741 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 6742 } | |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6745 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
| 6746 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
| 6747 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
| 6750 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
| 6751 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
| 6752 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
| 6753 | |
| 6754 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 6755 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
| 6756 #endif | |
| 6757 } | |
| 6758 | |
| 6759 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6760 /* | |
| 6761 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
| 6762 */ | |
| 6763 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
| 6764 { | |
| 6765 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
| 6766 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6767 else | |
| 6768 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
| 6769 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 6770 attr); | |
| 6771 } | |
| 6772 #endif | |
| 1910 | 6773 busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6774 } |
| 6775 | |
| 680 | 6776 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 6777 /* | |
| 6778 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
| 6779 * errors encountered. | |
| 6780 */ | |
| 6781 static void | |
| 1983 | 6782 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
| 680 | 6783 win_T *wp; |
| 6784 { | |
| 1983 | 6785 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 6786 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
| 6789 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
| 6790 if (entered) | |
| 6791 return; | |
| 6792 entered = TRUE; | |
| 680 | 6793 |
| 6794 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 6795 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
| 6796 if (called_emsg) | |
| 1983 | 6797 { |
| 6798 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
| 6799 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
| 6800 * again and again. */ | |
| 680 | 6801 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
| 6802 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
| 694 | 6803 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
| 1983 | 6804 } |
| 680 | 6805 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 1983 | 6806 entered = FALSE; |
| 680 | 6807 } |
| 6808 #endif | |
| 6809 | |
| 7 | 6810 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 6811 /* | |
| 6812 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
| 6813 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
| 6814 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
| 6815 */ | |
| 6816 int | |
| 6817 stl_connected(wp) | |
| 6818 win_T *wp; | |
| 6819 { | |
| 6820 frame_T *fr; | |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
| 6823 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
| 6824 { | |
| 6825 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
| 6826 { | |
| 6827 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6828 break; | |
| 6829 } | |
| 6830 else | |
| 6831 { | |
| 6832 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6833 return TRUE; | |
| 6834 } | |
| 6835 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
| 6836 } | |
| 6837 return FALSE; | |
| 6838 } | |
| 6839 # endif | |
| 6840 | |
| 6841 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
| 6842 | |
| 6843 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6844 /* | |
| 6845 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
| 6846 */ | |
| 6847 int | |
| 6848 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
| 6849 win_T *wp; | |
| 6850 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
| 6851 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
| 6852 { | |
| 6853 char_u *p; | |
| 6854 | |
| 6855 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 6856 return FALSE; | |
| 6857 | |
| 6858 { | |
| 6859 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6860 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
| 6861 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 6862 char_u *s; | |
| 6863 | |
| 6864 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 6865 curwin = wp; | |
| 6866 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
| 6867 ++emsg_skip; | |
| 714 | 6868 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6869 --emsg_skip; |
| 6870 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
| 6871 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 6872 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
| 6873 #endif | |
| 6874 { | |
| 6875 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 6876 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
| 6877 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
| 6878 else | |
| 6879 #endif | |
| 6880 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
| 6881 } | |
| 6882 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
| 6883 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
| 6884 else | |
| 6885 buf[0] = NUL; | |
| 6886 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6887 vim_free(s); | |
| 6888 #endif | |
| 6889 } | |
| 6890 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
| 6891 } | |
| 6892 #endif | |
| 6893 | |
| 6894 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6895 /* | |
| 677 | 6896 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
| 6897 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
| 7 | 6898 */ |
| 6899 static void | |
| 574 | 6900 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
| 7 | 6901 win_T *wp; |
| 574 | 6902 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
| 7 | 6903 { |
| 5539 | 6904 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6905 int attr; |
| 6906 int curattr; | |
| 6907 int row; | |
| 6908 int col = 0; | |
| 6909 int maxwidth; | |
| 6910 int width; | |
| 6911 int n; | |
| 6912 int len; | |
| 6913 int fillchar; | |
| 6914 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 1983 | 6915 char_u *stl; |
| 7 | 6916 char_u *p; |
| 681 | 6917 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
| 6918 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
| 677 | 6919 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
| 2693 | 6920 win_T *ewp; |
| 6921 int p_crb_save; | |
| 7 | 6922 |
| 5539 | 6923 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When |
| 6924 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. | |
| 6925 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ | |
| 6926 if (entered) | |
| 6927 return; | |
| 6928 entered = TRUE; | |
| 6929 | |
| 7 | 6930 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ |
| 677 | 6931 if (wp == NULL) |
| 6932 { | |
| 6933 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
| 1983 | 6934 stl = p_tal; |
| 677 | 6935 row = 0; |
| 707 | 6936 fillchar = ' '; |
| 677 | 6937 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
| 6938 maxwidth = Columns; | |
| 6939 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6940 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
| 677 | 6941 # endif |
| 6942 } | |
| 40 | 6943 else |
| 677 | 6944 { |
| 6945 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6946 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6947 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 6948 | |
| 6949 if (draw_ruler) | |
| 6950 { | |
| 1983 | 6951 stl = p_ruf; |
| 677 | 6952 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
| 1983 | 6953 if (*stl == '%') |
| 6954 { | |
| 6955 if (*++stl == '-') | |
| 6956 stl++; | |
| 6957 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
| 6958 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
| 6959 stl++; | |
| 6960 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
| 6961 stl = p_ruf; | |
| 677 | 6962 } |
| 7 | 6963 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 677 | 6964 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
| 6965 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6966 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 7 | 6967 #else |
| 677 | 6968 col = ru_col; |
| 6969 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6970 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6971 #endif | |
| 6972 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 7 | 6973 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 677 | 6974 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
| 6975 #endif | |
| 6976 { | |
| 6977 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 6978 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
| 6979 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 6980 attr = 0; | |
| 6981 } | |
| 6982 | |
| 6983 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6984 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
| 677 | 6985 # endif |
| 6986 } | |
| 6987 else | |
| 6988 { | |
| 6989 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
| 1983 | 6990 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
| 677 | 6991 else |
| 1983 | 6992 stl = p_stl; |
| 677 | 6993 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 681 | 6994 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
| 6995 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 677 | 6996 # endif |
| 6997 } | |
| 6998 | |
| 6999 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 7000 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 7001 #endif | |
| 7002 } | |
| 7003 | |
| 7 | 7004 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
| 5539 | 7005 goto theend; |
| 677 | 7006 |
| 2693 | 7007 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving |
| 7008 * the cursor away and back. */ | |
| 7009 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; | |
| 7010 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; | |
| 7011 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; | |
| 7012 | |
| 1983 | 7013 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
| 7014 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
| 7015 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
| 2693 | 7016 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), |
| 1983 | 7017 stl, use_sandbox, |
| 681 | 7018 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
| 1983 | 7019 vim_free(stl); |
| 2693 | 7020 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; |
| 2661 | 7021 |
| 7022 /* Make all characters printable. */ | |
| 7023 p = transstr(buf); | |
| 7024 if (p != NULL) | |
| 7025 { | |
| 7026 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); | |
| 7027 vim_free(p); | |
| 7028 } | |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ | |
| 835 | 7031 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 1883 | 7032 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
| 7 | 7033 { |
| 7034 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7035 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
| 7036 #else | |
| 7037 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
| 7038 #endif | |
| 7039 ++width; | |
| 7040 } | |
| 7041 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 7042 | |
| 681 | 7043 /* |
| 7044 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
| 7045 */ | |
| 7 | 7046 curattr = attr; |
| 7047 p = buf; | |
| 681 | 7048 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
| 7049 { | |
| 7050 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
| 7 | 7051 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
| 7052 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
| 681 | 7053 p = hltab[n].start; |
| 7054 | |
| 7055 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
| 7 | 7056 curattr = attr; |
| 681 | 7057 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
| 7058 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
| 7 | 7059 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 680 | 7060 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
| 681 | 7061 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 7062 #endif |
| 7063 else | |
| 681 | 7064 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 7065 } |
| 7066 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
| 681 | 7067 |
| 7068 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 7069 { | |
| 7070 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
| 7071 col = 0; | |
| 7072 len = 0; | |
| 7073 p = buf; | |
| 7074 fillchar = 0; | |
| 7075 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
| 7076 { | |
| 7077 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
| 7078 while (col < len) | |
| 7079 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 7080 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
| 7081 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
| 7082 } | |
| 7083 while (col < Columns) | |
| 7084 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 7085 } | |
| 5539 | 7086 |
| 7087 theend: | |
| 7088 entered = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 7089 } |
| 7090 | |
| 7091 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
| 7092 | |
| 7093 /* | |
| 7094 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
| 7095 */ | |
| 7096 void | |
| 7097 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
| 7098 int c; | |
| 7099 int row, col; | |
| 7100 int attr; | |
| 7101 { | |
| 3549 | 7102 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7103 | |
| 7 | 7104 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3549 | 7105 if (has_mbyte) |
| 7106 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 7107 else | |
| 7108 #endif | |
| 7109 { | |
| 7110 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7111 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 7112 } | |
| 7 | 7113 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); |
| 7114 } | |
| 7115 | |
| 7116 /* | |
| 7117 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
| 7118 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
| 7119 */ | |
| 7120 void | |
| 7121 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
| 7122 int row, col; | |
| 7123 char_u *bytes; | |
| 7124 int *attrp; | |
| 7125 { | |
| 7126 unsigned off; | |
| 7127 | |
| 7128 /* safety check */ | |
| 7129 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 7130 { | |
| 7131 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 7132 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7133 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 7134 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
| 7135 | |
| 7136 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7137 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 7138 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
| 7139 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 7140 { | |
| 7141 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 7142 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
| 7143 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 7144 } | |
| 7145 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
| 7146 { | |
| 7147 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
| 7148 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 7149 } | |
| 7150 #endif | |
| 7151 } | |
| 7152 } | |
| 7153 | |
| 714 | 7154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7155 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
| 7156 | |
| 7157 /* | |
| 7158 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
| 7159 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7160 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
| 714 | 7161 */ |
| 7162 static int | |
| 7163 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
| 7164 int off; | |
| 7165 int *u8cc; | |
| 7166 { | |
| 7167 int i; | |
| 7168 | |
| 7169 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 7170 { | |
| 7171 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
| 7172 return TRUE; | |
| 7173 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 7174 break; | |
| 7175 } | |
| 7176 return FALSE; | |
| 7177 } | |
| 7178 #endif | |
| 7179 | |
| 7 | 7180 /* |
| 7181 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
| 7182 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
| 7183 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
| 7184 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
| 7185 */ | |
| 7186 void | |
| 7187 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
| 7188 char_u *text; | |
| 7189 int row; | |
| 7190 int col; | |
| 7191 int attr; | |
| 7192 { | |
| 7193 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
| 7194 } | |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 /* | |
| 7197 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
| 7198 * a NUL. | |
| 7199 */ | |
| 7200 void | |
| 5923 | 7201 screen_puts_len(text, textlen, row, col, attr) |
| 7 | 7202 char_u *text; |
| 5923 | 7203 int textlen; |
| 7 | 7204 int row; |
| 7205 int col; | |
| 7206 int attr; | |
| 7207 { | |
| 7208 unsigned off; | |
| 7209 char_u *ptr = text; | |
| 5923 | 7210 int len = textlen; |
| 7 | 7211 int c; |
| 7212 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7213 unsigned max_off; |
| 7 | 7214 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
| 7215 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 7216 int u8c = 0; | |
| 714 | 7217 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 7218 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
| 7219 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 7220 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 714 | 7221 int pc, nc, nc1; |
| 7222 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 7223 # endif |
| 7224 #endif | |
| 1843 | 7225 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 7226 int force_redraw_this; | |
| 7227 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 7228 #endif | |
| 7229 int need_redraw; | |
| 7 | 7230 |
| 7231 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 7232 return; | |
| 1843 | 7233 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
| 7 | 7234 |
| 1668 | 7235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7236 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
| 7237 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 7238 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
| 1668 | 7239 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7240 && !gui.in_use | |
| 7241 # endif | |
| 7242 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
| 1843 | 7243 { |
| 7244 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
| 7245 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7246 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7247 { | |
| 7248 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7249 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7250 } | |
| 7251 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
| 7252 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
| 7253 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
| 7254 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7255 } | |
| 7256 #endif | |
| 7257 | |
| 1378 | 7258 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7259 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 7260 #endif | |
| 1340 | 7261 while (col < screen_Columns |
| 7262 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
| 7263 && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 7 | 7264 { |
| 7265 c = *ptr; | |
| 7266 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7267 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
| 7268 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7269 { | |
| 7270 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
| 474 | 7271 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7 | 7272 else |
| 474 | 7273 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 7274 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
| 7275 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 7276 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 7277 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
| 7278 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
| 7279 { | |
| 7280 if (len >= 0) | |
| 714 | 7281 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
| 7 | 7282 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7283 else | |
| 714 | 7284 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 7285 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
| 1401 | 7286 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 7287 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
| 7288 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
| 7289 { | |
| 7290 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 7291 if (attr == 0) | |
| 7292 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 7293 } | |
| 1401 | 7294 # endif |
| 7 | 7295 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 7296 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 7297 { | |
| 7298 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 7299 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
| 7300 { | |
| 7301 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
| 7302 nc = NUL; | |
| 7303 nc1 = NUL; | |
| 7304 } | |
| 7305 else | |
| 714 | 7306 { |
| 1994 | 7307 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
| 7308 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
| 714 | 7309 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7310 } | |
| 7 | 7311 pc = prev_c; |
| 7312 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 714 | 7313 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
| 7 | 7314 } |
| 7315 else | |
| 7316 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 7317 # endif | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7318 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7319 { |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7320 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7321 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7322 c = '>'; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7323 mbyte_cells = 1; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7324 } |
| 7 | 7325 } |
| 7326 } | |
| 7327 #endif | |
| 7328 | |
| 1843 | 7329 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 7330 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
| 7331 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 7332 #endif | |
| 7333 | |
| 7334 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7 | 7335 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7336 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
| 7337 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
| 7338 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 7339 && c == 0x8e | |
| 7340 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
| 7341 || (enc_utf8 | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7342 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7343 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7344 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7345 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
| 7 | 7346 #endif |
| 7347 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 1843 | 7348 || exmode_active; |
| 7349 | |
| 7350 if (need_redraw | |
| 7351 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7352 || force_redraw_this | |
| 7353 #endif | |
| 7 | 7354 ) |
| 7355 { | |
| 7356 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7357 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
| 7358 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7359 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
| 1843 | 7360 * and for some xterms. */ |
| 7361 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
| 7 | 7362 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7363 gui.in_use | |
| 7364 # endif | |
| 7365 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 7366 || | |
| 7367 # endif | |
| 7368 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 7369 term_is_xterm | |
| 7370 # endif | |
| 1843 | 7371 )) |
| 7372 { | |
| 7373 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7374 | |
| 7375 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
| 7376 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
| 7377 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7378 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7379 } |
| 7380 #endif | |
| 7381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7382 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
| 7383 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
| 7384 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
| 7385 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
| 7386 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
| 7387 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 7388 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
| 7389 else if (has_mbyte | |
| 7390 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
| 7391 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
| 1378 | 7392 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7393 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 7394 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 7395 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 7396 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
| 7399 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
| 7400 if (enc_dbcs | |
| 1378 | 7401 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7402 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 7403 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 7404 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 7405 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
| 7406 #endif | |
| 7407 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 7408 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 7409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7410 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7411 { | |
| 714 | 7412 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
| 7 | 7413 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
| 7414 else | |
| 7415 { | |
| 714 | 7416 int i; |
| 7417 | |
| 7 | 7418 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
| 714 | 7419 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 7420 { | |
| 7421 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 7422 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 7423 break; | |
| 7424 } | |
| 7 | 7425 } |
| 7426 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 7427 { | |
| 7428 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
| 7429 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 7430 } | |
| 7431 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7432 } | |
| 7433 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 7434 { | |
| 7435 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
| 7436 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 7437 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 7438 } | |
| 7439 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
| 7440 { | |
| 7441 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
| 7442 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7443 } | |
| 7444 else | |
| 7445 #endif | |
| 7446 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7447 } | |
| 7448 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7449 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7450 { | |
| 7451 off += mbyte_cells; | |
| 7452 col += mbyte_cells; | |
| 7453 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
| 7454 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 5923 | 7455 { |
| 7456 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ | |
| 7 | 7457 ptr = (char_u *)" "; |
| 5923 | 7458 len = -1; |
| 7459 } | |
| 7 | 7460 } |
| 7461 else | |
| 7462 #endif | |
| 7463 { | |
| 7464 ++off; | |
| 7465 ++col; | |
| 7466 ++ptr; | |
| 7467 } | |
| 7468 } | |
| 1843 | 7469 |
| 7470 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7471 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
| 7472 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
| 7473 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 7474 { | |
| 7475 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7476 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
| 7477 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 7478 else | |
| 7479 # endif | |
| 7480 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7481 } | |
| 7482 #endif | |
| 7 | 7483 } |
| 7484 | |
| 7485 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 7486 /* | |
| 1326 | 7487 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7488 */ |
| 7489 static void | |
| 7490 start_search_hl() | |
| 7491 { | |
| 7492 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
| 7493 { | |
| 7494 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
| 7495 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
| 1521 | 7496 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7497 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
| 7498 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
| 7499 # endif | |
| 7 | 7500 } |
| 7501 } | |
| 7502 | |
| 7503 /* | |
| 1326 | 7504 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7505 */ |
| 7506 static void | |
| 7507 end_search_hl() | |
| 7508 { | |
| 7509 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7510 { | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4795
diff
changeset
|
7511 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); |
| 7 | 7512 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; |
| 7513 } | |
| 7514 } | |
| 7515 | |
| 7516 /* | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7517 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7518 */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7519 static void |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7520 init_search_hl(wp) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7521 win_T *wp; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7522 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7523 matchitem_T *cur; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7524 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7525 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7526 * match */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7527 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7528 while (cur != NULL) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7529 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7530 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7531 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7532 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7533 else |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7534 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7535 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7536 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7537 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7538 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7539 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7540 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7541 # endif |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7542 cur = cur->next; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7543 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7544 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7545 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7546 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7547 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7548 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7549 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7550 /* |
| 7 | 7551 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
| 7552 */ | |
| 7553 static void | |
| 7554 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
| 7555 win_T *wp; | |
| 7556 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7557 { | |
| 1326 | 7558 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7559 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7560 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 7561 has been processed or not */ | |
| 5979 | 7562 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
| 7563 in progress */ | |
| 7 | 7564 int n; |
| 7565 | |
| 7566 /* | |
| 7567 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
| 7568 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
| 1326 | 7569 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
| 7 | 7570 */ |
| 1326 | 7571 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 7572 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 7573 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7574 { | |
| 7575 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7576 { | |
| 7577 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 7578 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 7579 } | |
| 7580 else | |
| 7581 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 7582 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7583 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
| 7584 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
| 7585 { | |
| 7586 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
| 7587 { | |
| 7588 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7589 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
| 7590 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
| 7591 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
| 7592 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 7593 break; | |
| 7594 # else | |
| 7595 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 7596 # endif | |
| 7597 } | |
| 5979 | 7598 if (cur != NULL) |
| 7599 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 7600 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7601 n = 0; |
| 5979 | 7602 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7603 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) | |
| 7604 { | |
| 7605 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, cur); | |
| 7606 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
| 7607 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7608 if (shl->lnum != 0) |
| 7609 { | |
| 7610 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
| 7611 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 7612 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7613 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7614 } | |
| 7615 else | |
| 7616 { | |
| 7617 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
| 7618 n = 0; | |
| 7619 } | |
| 7620 } | |
| 7621 } | |
| 1326 | 7622 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 7623 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 7624 } |
| 7625 } | |
| 7626 | |
| 7627 /* | |
| 1326 | 7628 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
| 7 | 7629 * Uses shl->buf. |
| 7630 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
| 7631 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
| 7632 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
| 7633 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
| 7634 */ | |
| 7635 static void | |
| 5979 | 7636 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol, cur) |
| 7637 win_T *win; | |
| 7638 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7639 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7640 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 5987 | 7641 matchitem_T *cur; /* to retrieve match positions if any */ |
| 7 | 7642 { |
| 7643 linenr_T l; | |
| 7644 colnr_T matchcol; | |
| 7645 long nmatched; | |
| 7646 | |
| 7647 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7648 { | |
| 7649 /* Check for three situations: | |
| 7650 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
| 7651 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
| 7652 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
| 7653 */ | |
| 7654 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7655 if (lnum > l) | |
| 7656 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7657 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7658 return; | |
| 7659 } | |
| 7660 | |
| 7661 /* | |
| 7662 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
| 7663 * or none is found in this line. | |
| 7664 */ | |
| 7665 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7666 for (;;) | |
| 7667 { | |
| 1521 | 7668 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7669 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
| 7670 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
| 7671 { | |
| 7672 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
| 7673 break; | |
| 7674 } | |
| 7675 #endif | |
| 7 | 7676 /* Three situations: |
| 7677 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
| 7678 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
| 7679 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
| 7680 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
| 7681 */ | |
| 7682 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
| 7683 matchcol = 0; | |
| 7684 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
| 7685 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
| 685 | 7686 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
| 7687 { | |
| 688 | 7688 char_u *ml; |
| 685 | 7689 |
| 7690 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 688 | 7691 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
| 685 | 7692 if (*ml == NUL) |
| 7693 { | |
| 7694 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7695 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7696 break; | |
| 7697 } | |
| 685 | 7698 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7699 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7700 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
| 7701 else | |
| 7702 #endif | |
| 7703 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7704 } |
| 7705 else | |
| 7706 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7707 | |
| 7708 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 5979 | 7709 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
| 7710 { | |
| 6394 | 7711 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in |
| 7712 * cur->match. */ | |
| 7713 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL | |
| 7714 && shl == &cur->hl | |
| 7715 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); | |
| 7716 | |
| 5979 | 7717 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, |
| 7718 matchcol, | |
| 1521 | 7719 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 5979 | 7720 &(shl->tm) |
| 1521 | 7721 #else |
| 5979 | 7722 NULL |
| 7723 #endif | |
| 7724 ); | |
| 6394 | 7725 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ |
| 7726 if (regprog_is_copy) | |
| 7727 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; | |
| 7728 | |
| 5979 | 7729 if (called_emsg || got_int) |
| 7730 { | |
| 7731 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
| 7732 if (shl == &search_hl) | |
| 7733 { | |
| 7734 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ | |
| 7735 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); | |
| 7736 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); | |
| 7737 } | |
| 7738 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 7739 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7740 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" | |
| 7741 message */ | |
| 7742 break; | |
| 7743 } | |
| 7744 } | |
| 7745 else if (cur != NULL) | |
| 7746 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); | |
| 5987 | 7747 else |
| 7748 nmatched = 0; | |
| 7 | 7749 if (nmatched == 0) |
| 7750 { | |
| 7751 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
| 7752 break; | |
| 7753 } | |
| 7754 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
| 7755 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
| 7756 || nmatched > 1 | |
| 7757 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7758 { | |
| 7759 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7760 break; /* useful match found */ | |
| 7761 } | |
| 7762 } | |
| 7763 } | |
| 7764 | |
| 5979 | 7765 static int |
| 7766 next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, posmatch, mincol) | |
| 7767 match_T *shl; /* points to a match */ | |
| 7768 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7769 posmatch_T *posmatch; /* match positions */ | |
| 7770 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 7771 { | |
| 7772 int i; | |
| 6007 | 7773 int bot = -1; |
| 5979 | 7774 |
| 7775 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7776 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) | |
| 7777 { | |
| 7778 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == 0) | |
| 7779 break; | |
| 7780 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < mincol) | |
| 7781 continue; | |
| 7782 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == lnum) | |
| 7783 { | |
| 7784 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 7785 { | |
| 7786 /* partially sort positions by column numbers | |
| 7787 * on the same line */ | |
| 7788 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < posmatch->pos[bot].col) | |
| 7789 { | |
| 7790 llpos_T tmp = posmatch->pos[i]; | |
| 7791 | |
| 7792 posmatch->pos[i] = posmatch->pos[bot]; | |
| 7793 posmatch->pos[bot] = tmp; | |
| 7794 } | |
| 7795 } | |
| 7796 else | |
| 7797 { | |
| 7798 bot = i; | |
| 7799 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 7800 } | |
| 7801 } | |
| 7802 } | |
| 7803 posmatch->cur = 0; | |
| 7007 | 7804 if (shl->lnum == lnum && bot >= 0) |
| 5979 | 7805 { |
| 7806 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
| 7807 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[bot].col - 1; | |
| 7808 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
| 7809 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[bot].len; | |
| 7810 | |
| 7811 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
| 7812 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; | |
| 7813 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
| 7814 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; | |
| 7815 posmatch->cur = bot + 1; | |
| 7816 return TRUE; | |
| 7817 } | |
| 7818 return FALSE; | |
| 7819 } | |
| 5985 | 7820 #endif |
| 5979 | 7821 |
| 7 | 7822 static void |
| 7823 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
| 7824 int attr; | |
| 7825 { | |
| 7826 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 7827 | |
| 7828 screen_attr = attr; | |
| 7829 if (full_screen | |
| 7830 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7831 && termcap_active | |
| 7832 #endif | |
| 7833 ) | |
| 7834 { | |
| 7835 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7836 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7837 { | |
| 7838 char buf[20]; | |
| 7839 | |
| 681 | 7840 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
| 7841 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
| 7 | 7842 OUT_STR(buf); |
| 7843 } | |
| 7844 else | |
| 7845 #endif | |
| 7846 { | |
| 7847 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7848 { | |
| 7849 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7850 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7851 else | |
| 7852 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7853 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7854 attr = 0; | |
| 7855 else | |
| 7856 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7857 } | |
| 7858 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
| 7859 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 681 | 7860 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
| 7861 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7862 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
| 7863 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
| 7864 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7 | 7865 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
| 7866 out_str(T_SO); | |
| 205 | 7867 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
| 7868 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
| 7 | 7869 out_str(T_US); |
| 7870 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
| 7871 out_str(T_CZH); | |
| 7872 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
| 7873 out_str(T_MR); | |
| 7874 | |
| 7875 /* | |
| 7876 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
| 7877 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
| 7878 */ | |
| 7879 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 7880 { | |
| 7881 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7882 { | |
| 7883 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
| 7884 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
| 7885 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
| 7886 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
| 7887 } | |
| 7888 else | |
| 7889 { | |
| 7890 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
| 7891 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
| 7892 } | |
| 7893 } | |
| 7894 } | |
| 7895 } | |
| 7896 } | |
| 7897 | |
| 7898 void | |
| 7899 screen_stop_highlight() | |
| 7900 { | |
| 7901 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
| 7902 | |
| 7903 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
| 7904 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7905 && termcap_active | |
| 7906 #endif | |
| 7907 ) | |
| 7908 { | |
| 7909 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7910 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7911 { | |
| 7912 char buf[20]; | |
| 7913 | |
| 7914 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
| 7915 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
| 7916 OUT_STR(buf); | |
| 7917 } | |
| 7918 else | |
| 7919 #endif | |
| 7920 { | |
| 7921 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7922 { | |
| 7923 attrentry_T *aep; | |
| 7924 | |
| 7925 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7926 { | |
| 7927 /* | |
| 7928 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
| 7929 */ | |
| 7930 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7931 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
| 7932 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
| 7933 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7934 } | |
| 7935 else | |
| 7936 { | |
| 7937 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7938 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
| 7939 { | |
| 7940 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7941 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7942 else | |
| 7943 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
| 7944 } | |
| 7945 } | |
| 7946 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7947 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7948 else | |
| 7949 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7950 } | |
| 7951 | |
| 7952 /* | |
| 7953 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
| 7954 * same sequence several times. | |
| 7955 */ | |
| 7956 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
| 7957 { | |
| 7958 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7959 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7960 else | |
| 7961 out_str(T_SE); | |
| 7962 } | |
| 205 | 7963 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
| 7 | 7964 { |
| 7965 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7966 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7967 else | |
| 7968 out_str(T_UE); | |
| 7969 } | |
| 7970 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 7971 { | |
| 7972 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7973 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7974 else | |
| 7975 out_str(T_CZR); | |
| 7976 } | |
| 7977 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
| 7978 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7979 | |
| 7980 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7981 { | |
| 7982 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7983 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
| 7984 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
| 7985 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
| 7986 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
| 7987 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7988 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 7989 } | |
| 7990 } | |
| 7991 } | |
| 7992 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7993 } | |
| 7994 | |
| 7995 /* | |
| 7996 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
| 7997 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
| 7998 */ | |
| 7999 void | |
| 8000 reset_cterm_colors() | |
| 8001 { | |
| 8002 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 8003 { | |
| 8004 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 8005 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
| 8006 { | |
| 8007 out_str(T_OP); | |
| 8008 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 8009 } | |
| 8010 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 8011 { | |
| 8012 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 8013 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 8014 } | |
| 8015 } | |
| 8016 } | |
| 8017 | |
| 8018 /* | |
| 8019 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
| 8020 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
| 8021 */ | |
| 8022 static void | |
| 8023 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
| 8024 unsigned off; | |
| 8025 int row; | |
| 8026 int col; | |
| 8027 { | |
| 8028 int attr; | |
| 8029 | |
| 8030 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
| 8031 * resizing). */ | |
| 8032 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 8033 return; | |
| 8034 | |
| 6602 | 8035 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the |
| 8036 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise | |
| 8037 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ | |
| 8038 if (*T_XN == NUL | |
| 8039 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
| 7 | 8040 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8041 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
| 8042 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
| 8043 #endif | |
| 8044 ) | |
| 8045 { | |
| 8046 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 8047 return; | |
| 8048 } | |
| 8049 | |
| 8050 /* | |
| 8051 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
| 8052 */ | |
| 8053 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 8054 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
| 8055 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
| 8056 else | |
| 8057 #endif | |
| 8058 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 8059 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 8060 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8061 | |
| 8062 windgoto(row, col); | |
| 8063 | |
| 8064 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 8065 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
| 8066 | |
| 8067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8068 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 8069 { | |
| 8070 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 8071 | |
| 8072 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
| 8073 | |
| 8074 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 8075 | |
| 8076 out_str(buf); | |
| 8077 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
| 8078 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 8079 } | |
| 8080 else | |
| 8081 #endif | |
| 8082 { | |
| 8083 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8084 out_flush_check(); | |
| 8085 #endif | |
| 8086 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 8087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8088 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
| 8089 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 8090 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 8091 #endif | |
| 8092 } | |
| 8093 | |
| 8094 screen_cur_col++; | |
| 8095 } | |
| 8096 | |
| 8097 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8098 | |
| 8099 /* | |
| 8100 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
| 8101 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
| 8102 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
| 8103 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
| 8104 */ | |
| 8105 static void | |
| 8106 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
| 8107 unsigned off; | |
| 8108 int row; | |
| 8109 int col; | |
| 8110 { | |
| 8111 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
| 8112 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
| 8113 return; | |
| 8114 | |
| 8115 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 8116 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 8117 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
| 8118 { | |
| 8119 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 8120 return; | |
| 8121 } | |
| 8122 | |
| 8123 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
| 8124 * second byte directly. */ | |
| 8125 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 8126 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
| 8127 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 8128 } | |
| 8129 #endif | |
| 8130 | |
| 8131 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8132 /* | |
| 8133 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
| 8134 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
| 8135 */ | |
| 8136 void | |
| 8137 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
| 8138 int row; | |
| 8139 int col; | |
| 8140 int height; | |
| 8141 int width; | |
| 8142 int invert; | |
| 8143 { | |
| 8144 int r, c; | |
| 8145 int off; | |
| 1378 | 8146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8147 int max_off; | |
| 8148 #endif | |
| 7 | 8149 |
| 534 | 8150 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
| 8151 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8152 return; | |
| 8153 | |
| 7 | 8154 if (invert) |
| 8155 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
| 8156 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
| 8157 { | |
| 8158 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
| 1378 | 8159 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8160 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
| 8161 #endif | |
| 7 | 8162 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
| 8163 { | |
| 8164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 8165 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 8166 { |
| 8167 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
| 8168 ++c; | |
| 8169 } | |
| 8170 else | |
| 8171 #endif | |
| 8172 { | |
| 8173 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
| 8174 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 8175 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 8176 ++c; |
| 8177 #endif | |
| 8178 } | |
| 8179 } | |
| 8180 } | |
| 8181 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 8182 } | |
| 8183 #endif | |
| 8184 | |
| 8185 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8186 /* | |
| 8187 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
| 8188 */ | |
| 8189 static void | |
| 8190 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
| 8191 int row; | |
| 8192 int end; | |
| 8193 win_T *wp; | |
| 8194 { | |
| 8195 int col; | |
| 8196 int width; | |
| 8197 | |
| 8198 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8199 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
| 8200 # endif | |
| 8201 | |
| 8202 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 8203 { | |
| 8204 col = 0; | |
| 8205 width = Columns; | |
| 8206 } | |
| 8207 else | |
| 8208 { | |
| 8209 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8210 width = wp->w_width; | |
| 8211 } | |
| 8212 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
| 8213 } | |
| 8214 #endif | |
| 8215 | |
| 8216 /* | |
| 8217 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
| 8218 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
| 8219 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
| 8220 */ | |
| 8221 void | |
| 8222 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
| 8223 int start_row, end_row; | |
| 8224 int start_col, end_col; | |
| 8225 int c1, c2; | |
| 8226 int attr; | |
| 8227 { | |
| 8228 int row; | |
| 8229 int col; | |
| 8230 int off; | |
| 8231 int end_off; | |
| 8232 int did_delete; | |
| 8233 int c; | |
| 8234 int norm_term; | |
| 8235 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8236 int force_next = FALSE; | |
| 8237 #endif | |
| 8238 | |
| 8239 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 8240 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
| 8241 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
| 8242 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
| 8243 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8244 || start_row >= end_row | |
| 8245 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 8246 return; | |
| 8247 | |
| 8248 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
| 8249 norm_term = ( | |
| 8250 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8251 !gui.in_use && | |
| 8252 #endif | |
| 8253 t_colors <= 1); | |
| 8254 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
| 8255 { | |
| 1668 | 8256 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8257 if (has_mbyte | |
| 8258 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8259 && !gui.in_use | |
| 8260 # endif | |
| 8261 ) | |
| 8262 { | |
| 8263 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
| 8264 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
| 8265 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
| 8266 * terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 8267 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
| 1670 | 8268 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
| 1677 | 8269 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
| 1670 | 8270 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
| 1668 | 8271 } |
| 8272 #endif | |
| 7 | 8273 /* |
| 8274 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
| 8275 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
| 8276 * space. | |
| 8277 */ | |
| 8278 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 8279 if (c2 == ' ' | |
| 8280 && end_col == Columns | |
| 8281 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
| 8282 && (attr == 0 | |
| 8283 || (norm_term | |
| 8284 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
| 8285 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
| 8286 { | |
| 8287 /* | |
| 8288 * check if we really need to clear something | |
| 8289 */ | |
| 8290 col = start_col; | |
| 8291 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
| 8292 ++col; | |
| 8293 | |
| 8294 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 8295 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
| 8296 | |
| 8297 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
| 8298 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8299 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8300 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 8301 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
| 8302 ++off; | |
| 8303 else | |
| 8304 #endif | |
| 8305 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 8306 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
| 8307 ++off; | |
| 8308 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
| 8309 { | |
| 8310 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
| 8311 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8312 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 8313 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 8314 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8315 col = end_col - col; | |
| 8316 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
| 8317 { | |
| 8318 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 8319 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8320 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8321 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 8322 #endif | |
| 8323 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
| 8324 ++off; | |
| 8325 } | |
| 8326 } | |
| 8327 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
| 8328 } | |
| 8329 | |
| 8330 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
| 8331 c = c1; | |
| 8332 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
| 8333 { | |
| 8334 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 8335 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8336 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
| 8337 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 8338 #endif |
| 8339 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 8340 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8341 || force_next | |
| 8342 #endif | |
| 8343 ) | |
| 8344 { | |
| 8345 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8346 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
| 8347 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
| 8348 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
| 8349 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
| 8350 if ( | |
| 8351 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8352 gui.in_use | |
| 8353 # endif | |
| 8354 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 8355 || | |
| 8356 # endif | |
| 8357 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 8358 term_is_xterm | |
| 8359 # endif | |
| 8360 ) | |
| 8361 { | |
| 8362 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
| 8363 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
| 8364 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 8365 force_next = TRUE; | |
| 8366 else | |
| 8367 force_next = FALSE; | |
| 8368 } | |
| 8369 #endif | |
| 8370 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 8371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8372 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8373 { | |
| 8374 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 8375 { | |
| 8376 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
| 714 | 8377 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
| 7 | 8378 } |
| 8379 else | |
| 8380 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 8381 } | |
| 8382 #endif | |
| 8383 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 8384 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
| 8385 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 8386 } | |
| 8387 ++off; | |
| 8388 if (col == start_col) | |
| 8389 { | |
| 8390 if (did_delete) | |
| 8391 break; | |
| 8392 c = c2; | |
| 8393 } | |
| 8394 } | |
| 8395 if (end_col == Columns) | |
| 8396 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 8397 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
| 8398 { | |
| 8399 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8400 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
| 8401 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
| 644 | 8402 if (start_col == 0) |
| 8403 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
| 7 | 8404 } |
| 8405 } | |
| 8406 } | |
| 8407 | |
| 8408 /* | |
| 8409 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
| 8410 * screen or the command line. | |
| 8411 */ | |
| 8412 void | |
| 8413 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
| 8414 int check_msg_scroll; | |
| 8415 { | |
| 8416 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
| 8417 && !did_wait_return | |
| 8418 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 8419 { | |
| 8420 out_flush(); | |
| 8421 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
| 8422 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
| 8423 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
| 8424 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 8425 } | |
| 8426 } | |
| 8427 | |
| 8428 /* | |
| 8429 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
| 3263 | 8430 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. |
| 7 | 8431 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. |
| 8432 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
| 8433 */ | |
| 8434 int | |
| 3263 | 8435 screen_valid(doclear) |
| 8436 int doclear; | |
| 7 | 8437 { |
| 3263 | 8438 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ |
| 7 | 8439 return (ScreenLines != NULL); |
| 8440 } | |
| 8441 | |
| 8442 /* | |
| 8443 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
| 8444 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
| 8445 * | |
| 8446 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
| 8447 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
| 8448 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
| 8449 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
| 8450 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
| 8451 */ | |
| 8452 void | |
| 3263 | 8453 screenalloc(doclear) |
| 8454 int doclear; | |
| 7 | 8455 { |
| 8456 int new_row, old_row; | |
| 8457 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8458 int old_Rows; | |
| 8459 #endif | |
| 8460 win_T *wp; | |
| 8461 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
| 8462 int len; | |
| 8463 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
| 8464 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8465 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8466 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 8467 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
| 714 | 8468 int i; |
| 7 | 8469 #endif |
| 8470 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8471 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
| 8472 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8473 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 8474 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
| 671 | 8475 tabpage_T *tp; |
| 8476 #endif | |
| 7 | 8477 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
| 944 | 8478 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
| 1824 | 8479 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 8480 int retry_count = 0; | |
| 8481 | |
| 8482 retry: | |
| 8483 #endif | |
| 7 | 8484 /* |
| 8485 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
| 8486 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
| 8487 * screen stuff. | |
| 8488 */ | |
| 8489 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8490 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
| 8491 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
| 8492 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8493 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
| 8494 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 714 | 8495 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
| 7 | 8496 #endif |
| 8497 ) | |
| 8498 || Rows == 0 | |
| 8499 || Columns == 0 | |
| 8500 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
| 8501 return; | |
| 8502 | |
| 8503 /* | |
| 8504 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
| 8505 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
| 8506 * return here. | |
| 8507 */ | |
| 8508 if (entered) | |
| 8509 return; | |
| 8510 entered = TRUE; | |
| 8511 | |
| 911 | 8512 /* |
| 8513 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
| 8514 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
| 8515 */ | |
| 8516 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8517 | |
| 7 | 8518 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
| 8519 | |
| 8520 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
| 8521 | |
| 8522 /* | |
| 8523 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
| 8524 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
| 8525 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
| 8526 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
| 8527 * - Free the old arrays. | |
| 8528 * | |
| 8529 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
| 8530 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
| 8531 * size is wrong. | |
| 8532 */ | |
| 671 | 8533 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 8534 win_free_lsize(wp); |
| 1946 | 8535 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 8536 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
| 8537 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
| 8538 #endif | |
| 7 | 8539 |
| 8540 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8541 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
|
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
8543 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
| 7 | 8544 if (enc_utf8) |
| 8545 { | |
| 8546 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8547 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
| 714 | 8548 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
8549 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
| 7 | 8550 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
| 8551 } | |
| 8552 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8553 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8554 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8555 #endif | |
| 8556 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8557 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8558 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8559 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
| 8560 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
| 671 | 8561 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 8562 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
| 671 | 8563 #endif |
| 7 | 8564 |
| 677 | 8565 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 8566 { |
| 8567 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
| 8568 { | |
| 8569 outofmem = TRUE; | |
| 8570 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1819 | 8571 goto give_up; |
| 8572 #endif | |
| 8573 } | |
| 8574 } | |
| 1906 | 8575 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1946 | 8576 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
| 8577 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
| 1906 | 8578 outofmem = TRUE; |
| 8579 #endif | |
| 1819 | 8580 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8581 give_up: | |
| 8582 #endif | |
| 7 | 8583 |
| 714 | 8584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8585 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
| 8586 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
| 8587 break; | |
| 8588 #endif | |
| 7 | 8589 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
| 8590 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8591 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
| 7 | 8592 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
| 8593 #endif | |
| 8594 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
| 8595 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
| 8596 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
| 671 | 8597 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8598 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
| 8599 #endif | |
| 7 | 8600 || outofmem) |
| 8601 { | |
| 944 | 8602 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
| 534 | 8603 { |
| 8604 /* guess the size */ | |
| 8605 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
| 8606 | |
| 8607 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
| 8608 * and over again. */ | |
| 944 | 8609 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
| 534 | 8610 } |
| 7 | 8611 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
| 8612 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
| 8613 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8614 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
| 8615 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8616 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8617 { | |
| 8618 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 8619 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
| 8620 } | |
| 7 | 8621 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
| 8622 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
| 8623 #endif | |
| 8624 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
| 8625 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
| 8626 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
| 8627 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
| 8628 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
| 8629 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
| 671 | 8630 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8631 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8632 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
| 8633 #endif | |
| 7 | 8634 } |
| 8635 else | |
| 8636 { | |
| 944 | 8637 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
| 534 | 8638 |
| 7 | 8639 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
| 8640 { | |
| 8641 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
| 8642 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
| 8643 | |
| 8644 /* | |
| 8645 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
| 8646 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
| 8647 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
| 8648 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
| 8649 */ | |
| 3263 | 8650 if (!doclear) |
| 7 | 8651 { |
| 8652 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8653 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8654 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8655 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8656 { | |
| 8657 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8658 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8659 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8660 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8661 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7 | 8662 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8663 } | |
| 8664 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8665 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8666 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8667 #endif | |
| 8668 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8669 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8670 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
| 534 | 8671 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
| 7 | 8672 { |
| 8673 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
| 8674 len = screen_Columns; | |
| 8675 else | |
| 8676 len = Columns; | |
| 26 | 8677 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 571 | 8678 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
| 714 | 8679 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
| 8680 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
| 8681 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 26 | 8682 #endif |
| 8683 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8684 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8685 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 7 | 8686 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 8687 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
| 8688 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 7 | 8689 { |
| 8690 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8691 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8692 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8693 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8694 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8695 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8696 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 7 | 8697 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8698 } | |
| 8699 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 8700 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8701 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8702 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8703 #endif | |
| 8704 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8705 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8706 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8707 } | |
| 8708 } | |
| 8709 } | |
| 8710 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
| 8711 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
| 8712 } | |
| 8713 | |
| 356 | 8714 free_screenlines(); |
| 8715 | |
| 7 | 8716 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
| 8717 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8718 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
| 714 | 8719 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8720 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
| 8721 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
| 7 | 8722 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
| 8723 #endif | |
| 8724 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8725 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
| 8726 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8727 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8728 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
| 8729 #endif | |
| 7 | 8730 |
| 8731 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
| 8732 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
| 8733 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8734 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
| 8735 #endif | |
| 8736 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
| 8737 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
| 8738 | |
| 8739 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
| 3263 | 8740 if (doclear) |
| 7 | 8741 screenclear2(); |
| 8742 | |
| 8743 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8744 else if (gui.in_use | |
| 8745 && !gui.starting | |
| 8746 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8747 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
| 8748 { | |
| 8749 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
| 8750 /* | |
| 8751 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
| 8752 * command. | |
| 8753 */ | |
| 8754 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
| 8755 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
| 8756 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
| 8757 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
| 8758 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
| 8759 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
| 8760 } | |
| 8761 #endif | |
| 8762 | |
| 8763 entered = FALSE; | |
| 911 | 8764 --RedrawingDisabled; |
| 766 | 8765 |
| 8766 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1824 | 8767 /* |
| 8768 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
| 8769 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
| 8770 */ | |
| 8771 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
| 8772 { | |
| 766 | 8773 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 1824 | 8774 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
| 8775 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
| 8776 goto retry; | |
| 8777 } | |
| 766 | 8778 #endif |
| 7 | 8779 } |
| 8780 | |
| 8781 void | |
| 356 | 8782 free_screenlines() |
| 8783 { | |
| 8784 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8785 int i; |
| 8786 | |
| 356 | 8787 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
| 714 | 8788 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 8789 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 356 | 8790 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
| 8791 #endif | |
| 714 | 8792 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
| 356 | 8793 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
| 8794 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
| 8795 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
| 671 | 8796 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8797 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8798 #endif | |
| 356 | 8799 } |
| 8800 | |
| 8801 void | |
| 7 | 8802 screenclear() |
| 8803 { | |
| 8804 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 8805 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 8806 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
| 8807 } | |
| 8808 | |
| 8809 static void | |
| 8810 screenclear2() | |
| 8811 { | |
| 8812 int i; | |
| 8813 | |
| 8814 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8815 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8816 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 8817 #endif | |
| 8818 ) | |
| 8819 return; | |
| 8820 | |
| 8821 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8822 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8823 #endif | |
| 8824 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
| 8825 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8828 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
| 8829 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
| 8830 #endif | |
| 8831 | |
| 8832 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
| 8833 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8834 { | |
| 8835 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8836 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
| 8837 } | |
| 8838 | |
| 8839 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
| 8840 { | |
| 8841 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
| 8842 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 644 | 8843 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
| 7 | 8844 } |
| 8845 else | |
| 8846 { | |
| 8847 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
| 8848 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8849 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8850 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8851 } | |
| 8852 | |
| 8853 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
| 8854 | |
| 8855 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
| 8856 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 670 | 8857 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 8858 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 670 | 8859 #endif |
| 7 | 8860 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
| 8861 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
| 8862 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 8863 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
| 8864 msg_col = 0; | |
| 8865 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8866 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
| 8867 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 8868 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
| 8869 } | |
| 8870 | |
| 8871 /* | |
| 8872 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
| 8873 */ | |
| 8874 static void | |
| 8875 lineclear(off, width) | |
| 8876 unsigned off; | |
| 8877 int width; | |
| 8878 { | |
| 8879 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8880 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8881 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8882 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
| 8883 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 8884 #endif | |
| 8885 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8886 } | |
| 8887 | |
| 8888 /* | |
| 8889 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
| 8890 * invalid value. | |
| 8891 */ | |
| 8892 static void | |
| 8893 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
| 8894 unsigned off; | |
| 8895 int width; | |
| 8896 { | |
| 8897 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8898 } | |
| 8899 | |
| 8900 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8901 /* | |
| 8902 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
| 8903 */ | |
| 8904 static void | |
| 8905 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
| 8906 int to; | |
| 8907 int from; | |
| 8908 win_T *wp; | |
| 8909 { | |
| 8910 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8911 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8912 | |
| 8913 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
| 8914 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8915 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8916 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8917 { | |
| 714 | 8918 int i; |
| 8919 | |
| 7 | 8920 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
| 8921 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8922 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8923 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
| 8924 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 7 | 8925 } |
| 8926 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8927 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
| 8928 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8929 # endif | |
| 8930 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
| 8931 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8932 } | |
| 8933 #endif | |
| 8934 | |
| 8935 /* | |
| 8936 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
| 8937 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
| 8938 */ | |
| 8939 int | |
| 8940 can_clear(p) | |
| 8941 char_u *p; | |
| 8942 { | |
| 8943 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
| 8944 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8945 || gui.in_use | |
| 8946 #endif | |
| 8947 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
| 8948 } | |
| 8949 | |
| 8950 /* | |
| 8951 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
| 8952 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
| 8953 * code. | |
| 8954 */ | |
| 8955 void | |
| 8956 screen_start() | |
| 8957 { | |
| 8958 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
| 8959 } | |
| 8960 | |
| 8961 /* | |
| 8962 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
| 8963 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
| 8964 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
| 8965 */ | |
| 8966 void | |
| 8967 windgoto(row, col) | |
| 8968 int row; | |
| 8969 int col; | |
| 8970 { | |
| 205 | 8971 sattr_T *p; |
| 7 | 8972 int i; |
| 8973 int plan; | |
| 8974 int cost; | |
| 8975 int wouldbe_col; | |
| 8976 int noinvcurs; | |
| 8977 char_u *bs; | |
| 8978 int goto_cost; | |
| 8979 int attr; | |
| 8980 | |
| 1213 | 8981 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
| 7 | 8982 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
| 8983 | |
| 8984 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
| 8985 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
| 8986 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
| 8987 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
| 8988 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
| 8989 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8990 return; | |
| 8991 | |
| 8992 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
| 8993 { | |
| 8994 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
| 8995 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
| 8996 row = 0; | |
| 8997 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
| 8998 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
| 8999 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 9000 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
| 9001 | |
| 9002 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
| 9003 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
| 9004 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
| 9005 else | |
| 9006 noinvcurs = 0; | |
| 9007 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
| 9008 | |
| 9009 /* | |
| 9010 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
| 9011 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
| 9012 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
| 9013 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
| 9014 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
| 9015 * | |
| 9016 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
| 9017 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
| 9018 * | |
| 1213 | 9019 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
| 7 | 9020 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
| 9021 */ | |
| 9022 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
| 9023 { | |
| 9024 /* | |
| 9025 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
| 9026 * or T_LE. | |
| 9027 */ | |
| 9028 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9029 attr = screen_attr; | |
| 9030 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
| 9031 { | |
| 9032 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
| 9033 if (*T_LE) | |
| 9034 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
| 9035 else | |
| 9036 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
| 9037 if (*bs) | |
| 9038 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
| 9039 else | |
| 9040 cost = 999; | |
| 9041 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
| 9042 { | |
| 9043 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
| 9044 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 9045 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
| 9046 } | |
| 9047 else | |
| 9048 { | |
| 9049 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
| 9050 wouldbe_col = col; | |
| 9051 } | |
| 9052 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 9053 { | |
| 9054 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 9055 attr = 0; | |
| 9056 } | |
| 9057 } | |
| 9058 | |
| 9059 /* | |
| 9060 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
| 9061 */ | |
| 9062 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
| 9063 { | |
| 9064 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
| 9065 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 9066 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
| 9067 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 9068 { | |
| 9069 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 9070 attr = 0; | |
| 9071 } | |
| 9072 } | |
| 9073 | |
| 9074 /* | |
| 9075 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
| 9076 */ | |
| 9077 else | |
| 9078 { | |
| 9079 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
| 9080 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
| 9081 cost = 0; | |
| 9082 } | |
| 9083 | |
| 9084 /* | |
| 9085 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
| 9086 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
| 9087 */ | |
| 9088 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
| 9089 if (i > 0) | |
| 9090 cost += i; | |
| 9091 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
| 9092 { | |
| 9093 /* | |
| 9094 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
| 9095 * stopping highlighting. | |
| 9096 */ | |
| 9097 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
| 9098 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
| 9099 --i; | |
| 9100 if (i != 0) | |
| 9101 { | |
| 9102 /* | |
| 9103 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
| 9104 */ | |
| 9105 if (*--p == 0) | |
| 9106 { | |
| 9107 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 9108 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
| 9109 --i; | |
| 9110 } | |
| 9111 if (i != 0) | |
| 9112 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
| 9113 } | |
| 9114 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9115 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 9116 { | |
| 9117 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
| 9118 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
| 9119 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
| 9120 { | |
| 9121 cost = 999; | |
| 9122 break; | |
| 9123 } | |
| 9124 } | |
| 9125 #endif | |
| 9126 } | |
| 9127 | |
| 9128 /* | |
| 9129 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
| 9130 */ | |
| 9131 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
| 9132 { | |
| 9133 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
| 9134 { | |
| 9135 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9136 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9137 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
| 9138 { | |
| 9139 out_str(bs); | |
| 9140 --screen_cur_col; | |
| 9141 } | |
| 9142 } | |
| 9143 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
| 9144 { | |
| 9145 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9146 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9147 out_char('\r'); | |
| 9148 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 9149 } | |
| 9150 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
| 9151 { | |
| 9152 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9153 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9154 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
| 9155 { | |
| 9156 out_char('\n'); | |
| 9157 ++screen_cur_row; | |
| 9158 } | |
| 9159 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 9160 } | |
| 9161 | |
| 9162 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
| 9163 if (i > 0) | |
| 9164 { | |
| 9165 /* | |
| 9166 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
| 9167 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
| 9168 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
| 9169 */ | |
| 9170 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
| 9171 { | |
| 9172 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 9173 out_char(*T_ND); | |
| 9174 } | |
| 9175 else | |
| 9176 { | |
| 9177 int off; | |
| 9178 | |
| 9179 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
| 9180 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 9181 { | |
| 9182 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
| 9183 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9184 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9185 out_flush_check(); | |
| 9186 #endif | |
| 9187 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 9188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9189 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 9190 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 9191 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 9192 #endif | |
| 9193 ++off; | |
| 9194 } | |
| 9195 } | |
| 9196 } | |
| 9197 } | |
| 9198 } | |
| 9199 else | |
| 9200 cost = 999; | |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
| 9203 { | |
| 9204 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9205 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5995 | 9206 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) |
| 9207 && *T_CRI != NUL) | |
| 7 | 9208 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); |
| 9209 else | |
| 9210 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
| 9211 } | |
| 9212 screen_cur_row = row; | |
| 9213 screen_cur_col = col; | |
| 9214 } | |
| 9215 } | |
| 9216 | |
| 9217 /* | |
| 9218 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
| 9219 */ | |
| 9220 void | |
| 9221 setcursor() | |
| 9222 { | |
| 9223 if (redrawing()) | |
| 9224 { | |
| 9225 validate_cursor(); | |
| 9226 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
| 9227 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
| 9228 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1545 | 9229 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
| 9230 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
| 7 | 9231 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
| 9232 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1545 | 9233 (has_mbyte |
| 9234 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
| 9235 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
| 7 | 9236 # endif |
| 9237 1)) : | |
| 9238 #endif | |
| 9239 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
| 9240 } | |
| 9241 } | |
| 9242 | |
| 9243 | |
| 9244 /* | |
| 9245 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
| 9246 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
| 9247 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 9248 * scrolling. | |
| 9249 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
| 9250 */ | |
| 9251 int | |
| 9252 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 9253 win_T *wp; | |
| 9254 int row; | |
| 9255 int line_count; | |
| 9256 int invalid; | |
| 9257 int mayclear; | |
| 9258 { | |
| 9259 int did_delete; | |
| 9260 int nextrow; | |
| 9261 int lastrow; | |
| 9262 int retval; | |
| 9263 | |
| 9264 if (invalid) | |
| 9265 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 9266 | |
| 9267 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
| 9268 return FAIL; | |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 9271 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 9272 | |
| 9273 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
| 9274 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 9275 return retval; | |
| 9276 | |
| 9277 /* | |
| 9278 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
| 9279 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
| 9280 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
| 9281 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
| 9282 */ | |
| 9283 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 9284 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9285 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
| 9286 { | |
| 9287 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 9288 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
| 9289 did_delete = TRUE; | |
| 9290 else if (wp->w_next) | |
| 9291 return FAIL; | |
| 9292 } | |
| 9293 #endif | |
| 9294 /* | |
| 9295 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
| 9296 */ | |
| 9297 if (!did_delete) | |
| 9298 { | |
| 9299 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9300 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9301 #endif | |
| 9302 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9303 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
| 9304 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
| 9305 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
| 9306 lastrow = Rows; | |
| 9307 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
| 9308 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 9309 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 9310 } | |
| 9311 | |
| 9312 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
| 9313 == FAIL) | |
| 9314 { | |
| 9315 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
| 9316 if (did_delete) | |
| 9317 { | |
| 9318 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9319 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9320 #endif | |
| 9321 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
| 9322 } | |
| 9323 return FAIL; | |
| 9324 } | |
| 9325 | |
| 9326 return OK; | |
| 9327 } | |
| 9328 | |
| 9329 /* | |
| 9330 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
| 9331 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
| 9332 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 9333 * scrolling | |
| 9334 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9335 */ | |
| 9336 int | |
| 9337 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 9338 win_T *wp; | |
| 9339 int row; | |
| 9340 int line_count; | |
| 9341 int invalid; | |
| 9342 int mayclear; | |
| 9343 { | |
| 9344 int retval; | |
| 9345 | |
| 9346 if (invalid) | |
| 9347 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 9348 | |
| 9349 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 9350 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 9351 | |
| 9352 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
| 9353 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 9354 return retval; | |
| 9355 | |
| 9356 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
| 9357 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 9358 return FAIL; | |
| 9359 | |
| 9360 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9361 /* | |
| 9362 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
| 9363 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
| 9364 */ | |
| 9365 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9366 { | |
| 9367 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 9368 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 9369 { | |
| 9370 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9371 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
| 9372 } | |
| 9373 } | |
| 9374 /* | |
| 9375 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
| 9376 * command line later. | |
| 9377 */ | |
| 9378 else | |
| 9379 #endif | |
| 9380 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9381 return OK; | |
| 9382 } | |
| 9383 | |
| 9384 /* | |
| 9385 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
| 9386 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
| 9387 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
| 9388 */ | |
| 9389 static int | |
| 9390 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
| 9391 win_T *wp; | |
| 9392 int row; | |
| 9393 int line_count; | |
| 9394 int mayclear; | |
| 9395 int del; | |
| 9396 { | |
| 9397 int retval; | |
| 9398 | |
| 9399 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
| 9400 return FAIL; | |
| 9401 | |
| 9402 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
| 9403 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
| 9404 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9405 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
| 9406 #endif | |
| 9407 ) | |
| 9408 { | |
| 9409 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
| 9410 return FAIL; | |
| 9411 } | |
| 9412 | |
| 9413 /* | |
| 9414 * Delete all remaining lines | |
| 9415 */ | |
| 9416 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
| 9417 { | |
| 9418 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 9419 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 9420 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 9421 return OK; | |
| 9422 } | |
| 9423 | |
| 9424 /* | |
| 9425 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
| 9426 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
| 9427 */ | |
| 9428 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 /* | |
| 9431 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
| 9432 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
| 9433 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
| 9434 * win_line(). | |
| 9435 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
| 9436 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
| 9437 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
| 9438 */ | |
| 9439 if (scroll_region | |
| 9440 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9441 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
| 9442 #endif | |
| 9443 ) | |
| 9444 { | |
| 9445 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9446 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 9447 #endif | |
| 9448 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
| 9449 if (del) | |
| 9450 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 9451 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9452 else | |
| 9453 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 9454 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
| 9455 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9456 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 9457 #endif | |
| 9458 scroll_region_reset(); | |
| 9459 return retval; | |
| 9460 } | |
| 9461 | |
| 9462 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9463 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
| 9464 return FAIL; | |
| 9465 #endif | |
| 9466 | |
| 9467 return MAYBE; | |
| 9468 } | |
| 9469 | |
| 9470 /* | |
| 9471 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
| 9472 */ | |
| 9473 static void | |
| 9474 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
| 9475 win_T *wp; | |
| 9476 { | |
| 9477 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9478 while (wp != NULL) | |
| 9479 #else | |
| 9480 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 9481 #endif | |
| 9482 { | |
| 9483 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
| 9484 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9485 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9486 wp = wp->w_next; | |
| 9487 #endif | |
| 9488 } | |
| 9489 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9490 } | |
| 9491 | |
| 9492 /* | |
| 9493 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
| 9494 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
| 9495 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
| 9496 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
| 9497 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
| 9498 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
| 9499 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
| 9500 */ | |
| 9501 | |
| 9502 /* | |
| 9503 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
| 9504 */ | |
| 9505 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
| 9506 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
| 9507 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
| 9508 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
| 9509 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
| 9510 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
| 9511 #define USE_NL 7 | |
| 9512 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
| 9513 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
| 9514 | |
| 9515 /* | |
| 9516 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9517 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9518 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9519 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9520 * | |
| 9521 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
| 9522 */ | |
| 446 | 9523 int |
| 7 | 9524 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
| 9525 int off; | |
| 9526 int row; | |
| 9527 int line_count; | |
| 9528 int end; | |
| 9529 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
| 9530 { | |
| 9531 int i; | |
| 9532 int j; | |
| 9533 unsigned temp; | |
| 9534 int cursor_row; | |
| 9535 int type; | |
| 9536 int result_empty; | |
| 9537 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
| 9538 | |
| 9539 /* | |
| 9540 * FAIL if | |
| 9541 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9542 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9543 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9544 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9545 */ | |
| 9546 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
| 9547 return FAIL; | |
| 9548 | |
| 9549 /* | |
| 9550 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
| 9551 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9552 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9553 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
| 9554 * the insert is just empty lines | |
| 9555 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
| 9556 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
| 9557 * at once. | |
| 9558 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
| 9559 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
| 9560 * 1. | |
| 9561 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
| 9562 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 9563 * just empty lines. | |
| 9564 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 9565 * just empty lines. | |
| 9566 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
| 9567 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
| 9568 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9569 * | |
| 9570 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
| 9571 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
| 9572 * exists. | |
| 9573 */ | |
| 9574 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
| 9575 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9576 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9577 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9578 else | |
| 9579 #endif | |
| 9580 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9581 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9582 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
| 9583 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
| 9584 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
| 9585 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9586 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
| 9587 type = USE_T_AL; | |
| 9588 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
| 9589 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9590 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
| 9591 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9592 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
| 9593 type = USE_T_SR; | |
| 9594 else | |
| 9595 return FAIL; | |
| 9596 | |
| 9597 /* | |
| 9598 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
| 9599 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
| 9600 */ | |
| 9601 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
| 9602 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9603 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9604 | |
| 9605 /* | |
| 9606 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
| 9607 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
| 9608 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
| 9609 */ | |
| 9610 if (*T_DB) | |
| 9611 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9612 | |
| 9613 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9614 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
| 9615 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9616 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9617 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9618 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9619 # endif | |
| 9620 ) | |
| 3674 | 9621 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
| 7 | 9622 else |
| 9623 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
| 9624 #endif | |
| 9625 | |
| 9626 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9627 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9628 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9629 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9630 #endif | |
| 9631 | |
| 9632 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9633 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9634 else | |
| 9635 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9636 | |
| 9637 /* | |
| 9638 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
| 9639 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9640 */ | |
| 9641 row += off; | |
| 9642 end += off; | |
| 9643 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9644 { | |
| 9645 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9646 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9647 { | |
| 9648 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9649 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9650 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9651 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9652 j += line_count; | |
| 9653 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9654 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9655 else | |
| 9656 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9657 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9658 } | |
| 9659 else | |
| 9660 #endif | |
| 9661 { | |
| 9662 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9663 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9664 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9665 { | |
| 9666 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9667 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9668 } | |
| 9669 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
| 9670 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9671 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9672 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9673 else | |
| 9674 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9675 } | |
| 9676 } | |
| 9677 | |
| 9678 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9679 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9680 | |
| 9681 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9682 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9683 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9684 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9685 else | |
| 9686 #endif | |
| 9687 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
| 9688 { | |
| 9689 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
| 9690 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9691 } | |
| 9692 else | |
| 9693 { | |
| 9694 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
| 9695 { | |
| 9696 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
| 9697 { | |
| 9698 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
| 9699 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9700 out_str(T_AL); | |
| 9701 } | |
| 9702 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
| 9703 out_str(T_SR); | |
| 9704 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9705 } | |
| 9706 } | |
| 9707 | |
| 9708 /* | |
| 9709 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
| 9710 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
| 9711 */ | |
| 9712 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
| 9713 { | |
| 9714 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9715 { | |
| 9716 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
| 9717 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 9718 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9719 } | |
| 9720 } | |
| 9721 | |
| 9722 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9723 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9724 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9725 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9726 #endif | |
| 9727 return OK; | |
| 9728 } | |
| 9729 | |
| 9730 /* | |
| 9731 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9732 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9733 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9734 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9735 * | |
| 9736 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9737 */ | |
| 9738 int | |
| 9739 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
| 9740 int off; | |
| 9741 int row; | |
| 9742 int line_count; | |
| 9743 int end; | |
| 9744 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
| 1883 | 9745 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
| 7 | 9746 { |
| 9747 int j; | |
| 9748 int i; | |
| 9749 unsigned temp; | |
| 9750 int cursor_row; | |
| 9751 int cursor_end; | |
| 9752 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
| 9753 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
| 9754 int type; | |
| 9755 | |
| 9756 /* | |
| 9757 * FAIL if | |
| 9758 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9759 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9760 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9761 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9762 */ | |
| 9763 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
| 9764 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
| 9765 return FAIL; | |
| 9766 | |
| 9767 /* | |
| 9768 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
| 9769 */ | |
| 9770 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
| 9771 | |
| 9772 /* | |
| 9773 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
| 9774 * available. | |
| 9775 */ | |
| 9776 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
| 9777 | |
| 9778 /* | |
| 9779 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
| 9780 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9781 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9782 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
| 9783 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
| 9784 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
| 9785 * none of the other ways work. | |
| 9786 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
| 9787 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
| 9788 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9789 */ | |
| 9790 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9791 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9792 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9793 else | |
| 9794 #endif | |
| 9795 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9796 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9797 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
| 9798 /* | |
| 9799 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
| 9800 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
| 9801 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
| 9802 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
| 9803 * the trick... | |
| 9804 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
| 9805 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
| 9806 */ | |
| 9807 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
| 9808 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9809 #else | |
| 9810 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
| 9811 #ifndef AMIGA | |
| 9812 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
| 9813 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
| 9814 line_count == 1 || | |
| 9815 #endif | |
| 9816 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9817 #endif | |
| 9818 type = USE_NL; | |
| 9819 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
| 9820 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9821 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
| 9822 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9823 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
| 9824 #endif | |
| 9825 ) | |
| 9826 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9827 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9828 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9829 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9830 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9831 else | |
| 9832 return FAIL; | |
| 9833 | |
| 9834 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9835 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
| 9836 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9837 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9838 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9839 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9840 # endif | |
| 9841 ) | |
| 3674 | 9842 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
| 7 | 9843 else |
| 9844 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
| 9845 #endif | |
| 9846 | |
| 9847 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9848 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9849 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9850 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9851 #endif | |
| 9852 | |
| 9853 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9854 { | |
| 9855 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9856 cursor_end = end; | |
| 9857 } | |
| 9858 else | |
| 9859 { | |
| 9860 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9861 cursor_end = end + off; | |
| 9862 } | |
| 9863 | |
| 9864 /* | |
| 9865 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
| 9866 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9867 */ | |
| 9868 row += off; | |
| 9869 end += off; | |
| 9870 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9871 { | |
| 9872 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9873 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9874 { | |
| 9875 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9876 j = row + i; | |
| 9877 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9878 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9879 j -= line_count; | |
| 9880 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9881 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9882 else | |
| 9883 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9884 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9885 } | |
| 9886 else | |
| 9887 #endif | |
| 9888 { | |
| 9889 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
| 9890 j = row + i; | |
| 9891 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9892 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9893 { | |
| 9894 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9895 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9896 } | |
| 9897 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
| 9898 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9899 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9900 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9901 else | |
| 9902 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9903 } | |
| 9904 } | |
| 9905 | |
| 9906 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9907 | |
| 9908 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9909 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9910 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9911 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9912 else | |
| 9913 #endif | |
| 9914 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
| 9915 { | |
| 9916 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9917 out_str(T_CD); | |
| 9918 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9919 } | |
| 9920 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
| 9921 { | |
| 9922 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9923 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
| 9924 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9925 } | |
| 9926 /* | |
| 9927 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
| 9928 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
| 9929 * last line. | |
| 9930 */ | |
| 9931 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
| 9932 { | |
| 9933 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
| 9934 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9935 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
| 9936 } | |
| 9937 else | |
| 9938 { | |
| 9939 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9940 { | |
| 9941 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9942 { | |
| 9943 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9944 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
| 9945 } | |
| 9946 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
| 9947 { | |
| 9948 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
| 9949 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9950 } | |
| 9951 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9952 } | |
| 9953 } | |
| 9954 | |
| 9955 /* | |
| 9956 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
| 9957 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
| 9958 */ | |
| 9959 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
| 9960 { | |
| 9961 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
| 9962 { | |
| 9963 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
| 9964 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9965 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9966 } | |
| 9967 } | |
| 9968 | |
| 9969 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9970 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9971 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9972 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9973 #endif | |
| 9974 | |
| 9975 return OK; | |
| 9976 } | |
| 9977 | |
| 9978 /* | |
| 9979 * show the current mode and ruler | |
| 9980 * | |
| 9981 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
| 9982 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
| 9983 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
| 9984 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
| 9985 */ | |
| 9986 int | |
| 9987 showmode() | |
| 9988 { | |
| 9989 int need_clear; | |
| 9990 int length = 0; | |
| 9991 int do_mode; | |
| 9992 int attr; | |
| 9993 int nwr_save; | |
| 9994 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9995 int sub_attr; | |
| 9996 #endif | |
| 9997 | |
| 642 | 9998 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 9999 && ((State & INSERT) | |
| 10000 || restart_edit | |
| 5735 | 10001 || VIsual_active)); |
| 7 | 10002 if (do_mode || Recording) |
| 10003 { | |
| 10004 /* | |
| 10005 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
| 10006 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
| 10007 * it takes a bit of time. | |
| 10008 */ | |
| 10009 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
| 10010 { | |
| 10011 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
| 10012 return 0; | |
| 10013 } | |
| 10014 | |
| 10015 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
| 10016 | |
| 10017 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
| 10018 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 10019 | |
| 10020 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
| 10021 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
| 10022 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 10023 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 10024 | |
| 10025 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
| 10026 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 10027 cursor_off(); | |
| 10028 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
| 10029 if (do_mode) | |
| 10030 { | |
| 10031 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
| 10032 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
| 2520 | 10033 if ( |
| 10034 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 10035 preedit_get_status() | |
| 1668 | 10036 # else |
| 10037 im_get_status() | |
| 2520 | 10038 # endif |
| 1668 | 10039 ) |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
10040 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
| 7 | 10041 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
| 10042 # else | |
| 10043 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
| 10044 # endif | |
| 10045 #endif | |
| 10046 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
| 10047 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 10048 { | |
| 10049 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
| 236 | 10050 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
| 7 | 10051 } |
| 10052 #endif | |
| 10053 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 5946 | 10054 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ |
| 10055 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) | |
| 7 | 10056 { |
| 10057 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
| 10058 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
| 10059 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
| 10060 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 10061 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
| 10062 if (length > 0) | |
| 10063 { | |
| 10064 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 10065 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
| 10066 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
| 10067 { | |
| 10068 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 10069 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
| 10070 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
| 10071 } | |
| 10072 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 10073 { | |
| 10074 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
| 10075 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
| 10076 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
| 10077 else | |
| 10078 sub_attr = attr; | |
| 10079 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
| 10080 } | |
| 10081 } | |
| 10082 length = 0; | |
| 10083 } | |
| 10084 else | |
| 10085 #endif | |
| 10086 { | |
| 10087 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 10088 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 10089 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
| 10090 else | |
| 10091 #endif | |
| 10092 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 10093 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
| 10094 else if (State & INSERT) | |
| 10095 { | |
| 10096 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 10097 if (p_ri) | |
| 10098 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
| 10099 #endif | |
| 10100 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
| 10101 } | |
| 10102 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
| 10103 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
| 10104 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
| 10105 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
| 10106 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
| 10107 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
| 10108 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 10109 if (p_hkmap) | |
| 10110 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
| 10111 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 10112 if (p_fkmap) | |
| 10113 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
| 10114 # endif | |
| 10115 #endif | |
| 10116 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 10117 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 10118 { | |
| 10119 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 10120 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
| 10121 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
| 10122 else | |
| 10123 # endif | |
| 10124 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
| 10125 } | |
| 10126 #endif | |
| 10127 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
| 10128 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
| 10129 | |
| 10130 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 10131 { | |
| 10132 char *p; | |
| 10133 | |
| 10134 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
| 10135 * problems. */ | |
| 10136 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
| 10137 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
| 10138 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
| 10139 { | |
| 10140 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
| 10141 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
| 10142 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
| 10143 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
| 10144 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
| 10145 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
| 10146 } | |
| 10147 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
| 10148 } | |
| 10149 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
| 10150 } | |
| 644 | 10151 |
| 7 | 10152 need_clear = TRUE; |
| 10153 } | |
| 10154 if (Recording | |
| 10155 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10156 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
| 10157 #endif | |
| 10158 ) | |
| 10159 { | |
| 10160 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
| 10161 need_clear = TRUE; | |
| 10162 } | |
| 644 | 10163 |
| 10164 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 10165 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
| 10166 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 10167 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
| 10168 length = msg_col; | |
| 10169 msg_col = 0; | |
| 10170 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
| 10171 } | |
| 10172 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
| 10173 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
| 10174 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 10175 | |
| 10176 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10177 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
| 10178 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 10179 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10180 | |
| 10181 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
| 10182 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
| 10183 if (redrawing() | |
| 10184 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10185 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
| 10186 # endif | |
| 10187 ) | |
| 10188 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
| 10189 #endif | |
| 10190 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 10191 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 10192 | |
| 10193 return length; | |
| 10194 } | |
| 10195 | |
| 10196 /* | |
| 10197 * Position for a mode message. | |
| 10198 */ | |
| 10199 static void | |
| 10200 msg_pos_mode() | |
| 10201 { | |
| 10202 msg_col = 0; | |
| 10203 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10204 } | |
| 10205 | |
| 10206 /* | |
| 10207 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
| 10208 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
| 644 | 10209 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
| 7 | 10210 */ |
| 10211 void | |
| 10212 unshowmode(force) | |
| 10213 int force; | |
| 10214 { | |
| 10215 /* | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
10216 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
| 7 | 10217 */ |
| 10218 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
| 10219 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
| 10220 else | |
| 10221 { | |
| 10222 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 10223 if (Recording) | |
| 10224 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
| 10225 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 10226 } | |
| 10227 } | |
| 10228 | |
| 667 | 10229 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 10230 /* | |
| 10231 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
| 10232 */ | |
| 10233 static void | |
| 677 | 10234 draw_tabline() |
| 667 | 10235 { |
| 10236 int tabcount = 0; | |
| 10237 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 10238 int tabwidth; | |
| 10239 int col = 0; | |
| 673 | 10240 int scol = 0; |
| 667 | 10241 int attr; |
| 10242 win_T *wp; | |
| 671 | 10243 win_T *cwp; |
| 10244 int wincount; | |
| 10245 int modified; | |
| 667 | 10246 int c; |
| 10247 int len; | |
| 10248 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
| 10249 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
| 10250 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
| 673 | 10251 char_u *p; |
| 677 | 10252 int room; |
| 10253 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
| 10254 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 10255 && !gui.in_use | |
| 10256 #endif | |
| 10257 ); | |
| 673 | 10258 |
| 10259 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 10260 |
| 685 | 10261 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 798 | 10262 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
| 685 | 10263 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
| 10264 { | |
| 10265 gui_update_tabline(); | |
| 10266 return; | |
| 10267 } | |
| 10268 #endif | |
| 10269 | |
| 10270 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
| 667 | 10271 return; |
| 10272 | |
| 677 | 10273 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 681 | 10274 |
| 10275 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
| 10276 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
| 10277 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
| 10278 | |
| 677 | 10279 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
| 10280 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
| 10281 { | |
| 680 | 10282 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10283 | |
| 10284 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
| 10285 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
| 10286 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 677 | 10287 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
| 680 | 10288 if (called_emsg) |
| 10289 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
| 694 | 10290 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10291 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 10292 } | |
| 10293 else | |
| 10294 #endif | |
| 10295 { | |
| 10296 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 10297 ++tabcount; | |
| 10298 | |
| 10299 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
| 10300 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
| 10301 tabwidth = 6; | |
| 10302 | |
| 10303 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 10304 tabcount = 0; | |
| 681 | 10305 scol = 0; |
| 699 | 10306 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
| 10307 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 680 | 10308 { |
| 10309 scol = col; | |
| 10310 | |
| 10311 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
| 10312 attr = attr_sel; | |
| 10313 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
| 10314 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10315 | |
| 10316 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
| 10317 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 10318 | |
| 10319 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10320 | |
| 10321 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 10322 { | |
| 10323 cwp = curwin; | |
| 10324 wp = firstwin; | |
| 10325 } | |
| 10326 else | |
| 10327 { | |
| 10328 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
| 10329 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
| 10330 } | |
| 10331 | |
| 10332 modified = FALSE; | |
| 10333 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
| 10334 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 10335 modified = TRUE; | |
| 10336 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
| 10337 { | |
| 10338 if (wincount > 1) | |
| 10339 { | |
| 10340 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
| 835 | 10341 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 699 | 10342 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
| 10343 break; | |
| 680 | 10344 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
| 677 | 10345 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
| 6106 | 10346 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
| 677 | 10347 #else |
| 6106 | 10348 attr |
| 680 | 10349 #endif |
| 10350 ); | |
| 10351 col += len; | |
| 10352 } | |
| 10353 if (modified) | |
| 10354 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10355 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10356 } | |
| 10357 | |
| 10358 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
| 10359 if (room > 0) | |
| 10360 { | |
| 685 | 10361 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
| 10362 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
| 819 | 10363 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
| 680 | 10364 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
| 10365 p = NameBuff; | |
| 677 | 10366 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 680 | 10367 if (has_mbyte) |
| 10368 while (len > room) | |
| 10369 { | |
| 10370 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
| 10371 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 10372 } | |
| 10373 else | |
| 10374 #endif | |
| 10375 if (len > room) | |
| 677 | 10376 { |
| 680 | 10377 p += len - room; |
| 10378 len = room; | |
| 677 | 10379 } |
| 699 | 10380 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
| 10381 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
| 680 | 10382 |
| 835 | 10383 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
| 680 | 10384 col += len; |
| 10385 } | |
| 10386 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10387 | |
| 10388 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
| 10389 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
| 10390 ++tabcount; | |
| 10391 while (scol < col) | |
| 10392 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
| 10393 } | |
| 10394 | |
| 10395 if (use_sep_chars) | |
| 10396 c = '_'; | |
| 10397 else | |
| 10398 c = ' '; | |
| 10399 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
| 681 | 10400 |
| 10401 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
| 10402 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
| 10403 { | |
| 10404 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
| 10405 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
| 10406 } | |
| 10407 } | |
| 834 | 10408 |
| 10409 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
| 10410 * set. */ | |
| 10411 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 10412 } |
| 685 | 10413 |
| 10414 /* | |
| 10415 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
| 10416 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
| 10417 */ | |
| 10418 void | |
| 10419 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
| 10420 buf_T *buf; | |
| 10421 { | |
| 10422 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
| 3839 | 10423 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 685 | 10424 else |
| 10425 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
| 10426 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 10427 } | |
| 667 | 10428 #endif |
| 10429 | |
| 7 | 10430 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 10431 /* | |
| 10432 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 10433 */ | |
| 10434 static int | |
| 10435 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
| 10436 int *attr; | |
| 10437 int is_curwin; | |
| 10438 { | |
| 10439 int fill; | |
| 10440 if (is_curwin) | |
| 10441 { | |
| 10442 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
| 10443 fill = fill_stl; | |
| 10444 } | |
| 10445 else | |
| 10446 { | |
| 10447 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
| 10448 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
| 10449 } | |
| 10450 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
| 10451 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
| 10452 * current window */ | |
| 10453 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
| 10454 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
| 10455 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
| 10456 return fill; | |
| 10457 if (is_curwin) | |
| 10458 return '^'; | |
| 10459 return '='; | |
| 10460 } | |
| 10461 #endif | |
| 10462 | |
| 10463 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10464 /* | |
| 10465 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
| 10466 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 10467 */ | |
| 10468 static int | |
| 10469 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
| 10470 int *attr; | |
| 10471 { | |
| 10472 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
| 10473 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
| 10474 return '|'; | |
| 10475 else | |
| 10476 return fill_vert; | |
| 10477 } | |
| 10478 #endif | |
| 10479 | |
| 10480 /* | |
| 10481 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
| 10482 */ | |
| 10483 int | |
| 10484 redrawing() | |
| 10485 { | |
| 10486 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
| 10487 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
| 10488 } | |
| 10489 | |
| 10490 /* | |
| 10491 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
| 10492 */ | |
| 10493 int | |
| 10494 messaging() | |
| 10495 { | |
| 10496 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
| 10497 } | |
| 10498 | |
| 10499 /* | |
| 10500 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
| 10501 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
| 10502 */ | |
| 10503 void | |
| 10504 showruler(always) | |
| 10505 int always; | |
| 10506 { | |
| 10507 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
| 10508 return; | |
| 574 | 10509 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 10510 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10511 { | |
| 639 | 10512 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 574 | 10513 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
| 10514 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 639 | 10515 # endif |
| 574 | 10516 return; |
| 10517 } | |
| 10518 #endif | |
| 7 | 10519 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 40 | 10520 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
| 680 | 10521 { |
| 1983 | 10522 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
| 680 | 10523 } |
| 7 | 10524 else |
| 10525 #endif | |
| 10526 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10527 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
| 10528 #endif | |
| 10529 | |
| 10530 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 10531 if (need_maketitle | |
| 10532 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10533 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
| 10534 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
| 10535 # endif | |
| 10536 ) | |
| 10537 maketitle(); | |
| 10538 #endif | |
| 1588 | 10539 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 10540 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 10541 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 10542 draw_tabline(); | |
| 10543 #endif | |
| 7 | 10544 } |
| 10545 | |
| 10546 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10547 static void | |
| 10548 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
| 10549 win_T *wp; | |
| 10550 int always; | |
| 10551 { | |
| 1869 | 10552 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
| 10553 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
| 7 | 10554 int row; |
| 10555 int fillchar; | |
| 10556 int attr; | |
| 10557 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
| 10558 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 10559 int i; | |
| 1869 | 10560 size_t len; |
| 7 | 10561 int o; |
| 10562 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10563 int this_ru_col; | |
| 10564 int off = 0; | |
| 10565 int width = Columns; | |
| 10566 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
| 10567 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
| 10568 #else | |
| 10569 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
| 10570 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
| 10571 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
| 10572 #endif | |
| 10573 | |
| 10574 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
| 10575 if (!p_ru) | |
| 10576 return; | |
| 10577 | |
| 10578 /* | |
| 10579 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
| 10580 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
| 10581 */ | |
| 10582 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 10583 return; | |
| 10584 | |
| 10585 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10586 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
| 10587 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
| 10588 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10589 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 10590 # endif | |
| 10591 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
| 10592 return; | |
| 540 | 10593 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
| 10594 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10595 return; | |
| 7 | 10596 #endif |
| 10597 | |
| 10598 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10599 if (*p_ruf) | |
| 10600 { | |
| 680 | 10601 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10602 | |
| 10603 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 10604 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
| 680 | 10605 if (called_emsg) |
| 10606 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
| 694 | 10607 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10608 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 7 | 10609 return; |
| 10610 } | |
| 10611 #endif | |
| 10612 | |
| 10613 /* | |
| 10614 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
| 10615 */ | |
| 10616 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
| 10617 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
| 10618 empty_line = TRUE; | |
| 10619 | |
| 10620 /* | |
| 10621 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
| 10622 */ | |
| 10623 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
| 10624 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
| 10625 || always | |
| 10626 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
| 10627 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
| 10628 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
| 10629 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 10630 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
| 10631 #endif | |
| 10632 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
| 10633 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
| 10634 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10635 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
| 10636 #endif | |
| 10637 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
| 10638 { | |
| 10639 cursor_off(); | |
| 10640 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10641 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 10642 { | |
| 10643 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 10644 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 10645 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10646 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 10647 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 10648 # endif | |
| 10649 } | |
| 10650 else | |
| 10651 #endif | |
| 10652 { | |
| 10653 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10654 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 10655 attr = 0; | |
| 10656 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10657 width = Columns; | |
| 10658 off = 0; | |
| 10659 #endif | |
| 10660 } | |
| 10661 | |
| 10662 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
| 10663 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10664 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
| 10665 { | |
| 10666 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 10667 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
| 10668 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
| 10669 } | |
| 10670 | |
| 10671 /* | |
| 10672 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
| 10673 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
| 10674 */ | |
| 1869 | 10675 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
| 7 | 10676 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
| 10677 ? 0L | |
| 10678 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
| 1869 | 10679 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
| 10680 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
| 7 | 10681 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
| 10682 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
| 10683 | |
| 10684 /* | |
| 10685 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
| 10686 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
| 10687 * screen up on some terminals). | |
| 10688 */ | |
| 10689 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
| 1869 | 10690 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
| 7 | 10691 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
| 10692 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10693 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
| 10694 #endif | |
| 10695 ++o; | |
| 10696 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10697 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
| 10698 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
| 10699 this_ru_col = 0; | |
| 10700 #endif | |
| 10701 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
| 10702 * half for the filename. */ | |
| 10703 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
| 10704 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
| 10705 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10706 { | |
| 6466 | 10707 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ |
| 10708 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) | |
| 7 | 10709 { |
| 10710 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10711 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10712 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
| 10713 else | |
| 10714 #endif | |
| 10715 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
| 10716 ++o; | |
| 10717 } | |
| 1869 | 10718 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
| 7 | 10719 } |
| 10720 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
| 10721 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10722 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10723 { | |
| 10724 o = 0; | |
| 474 | 10725 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
| 7 | 10726 { |
| 10727 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
| 10728 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10729 { | |
| 10730 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
| 10731 break; | |
| 10732 } | |
| 10733 } | |
| 10734 } | |
| 10735 else | |
| 10736 #endif | |
| 10737 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10738 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
| 10739 | |
| 10740 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
| 10741 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
| 10742 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
| 10743 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
| 10744 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
| 10745 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 10746 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
| 10747 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
| 10748 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 10749 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10750 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
| 10751 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
| 10752 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 10753 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10754 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 10755 #endif | |
| 10756 } | |
| 10757 } | |
| 10758 #endif | |
| 13 | 10759 |
| 10760 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10761 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10762 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10763 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
| 13 | 10764 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
| 10765 */ | |
| 10766 int | |
| 10767 number_width(wp) | |
| 10768 win_T *wp; | |
| 10769 { | |
| 10770 int n; | |
| 10771 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10772 | |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10773 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10774 /* cursor line shows "0" */ |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10775 lnum = wp->w_height; |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10776 else |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10777 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10778 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10779 |
| 6679 | 10780 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) |
| 13 | 10781 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; |
| 10782 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
| 10783 | |
| 10784 n = 0; | |
| 10785 do | |
| 10786 { | |
| 856 | 10787 lnum /= 10; |
| 10788 ++n; | |
| 13 | 10789 } while (lnum > 0); |
| 10790 | |
| 10791 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
| 10792 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
| 10793 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
| 10794 | |
| 10795 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
| 6679 | 10796 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; |
| 13 | 10797 return n; |
| 10798 } | |
| 10799 #endif | |
| 3986 | 10800 |
| 10801 /* | |
| 10802 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the | |
| 10803 * screen. First column is 0. | |
| 10804 */ | |
| 10805 int | |
| 10806 screen_screencol() | |
| 10807 { | |
| 10808 return screen_cur_col; | |
| 10809 } | |
| 10810 | |
| 10811 /* | |
| 10812 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. | |
| 10813 * First row is 0. | |
| 10814 */ | |
| 10815 int | |
| 10816 screen_screenrow() | |
| 10817 { | |
| 10818 return screen_cur_row; | |
| 10819 } |